#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-02 21:14+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
#: manual.docbook:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hydrogen v1.1 Manual"
msgstr "Hydrogen Manual"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:9
msgid "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:13
msgid "<firstname>Alessandro</firstname> <surname>Cominu</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Alessandro</firstname> <surname>Cominu</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid "<firstname>Thijs</firstname> <surname>Van Severen</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid "<firstname>Sebastian</firstname> <surname>Moors</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Alessandro</firstname> <surname>Cominu</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:25
#, fuzzy
msgid "<firstname>Colin</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "<firstname>Philipp</firstname> <surname>Müller</surname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"

#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle
#: manual.docbook:35
msgid "2021-03-04"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: manual.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows."
msgstr "Hydrogen e' un sintetizzatore software in grado di essere utilizzato sia singolarmente, emulando una drum machine basata su pattern, sia come synth comandato via midi da una tastiera esterna o da un sequencer software."

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:45
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduzione"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:48
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:50
msgid "You can download Hydrogen from <ulink url=\"http://www.hydrogen-music.org\">http://www.hydrogen-music.org</ulink>. On the <emphasis>Downloads</emphasis> page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:55
msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:60
msgid "From <emphasis role=\"bold\">MacOS Big Sur</emphasis> onwards you may require some extra steps to run Hydrogen on you computer. <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/wiki/Running-Hydrogen-on-macOS\">This page</ulink> of the Hydrogen Wiki will guide you through this process step by step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:70
msgid "Build"
msgstr "Compilazione"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:73
msgid "The instructions provided in this section are for Linux only. If you intend to build Hydrogen on macOS, check out the corresponding <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/wiki/Building-Hydrogen-from-Source-(macOS)\">wiki page</ulink> for tips or guides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:81
msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our <command>git</command> repository with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt><command> git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:88
msgid "A certain release can be fetched with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt><command> git checkout tags/1.0.0</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):"
msgstr "La compilazione di hydrogen dipende dalle seguenti librerie:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:99
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Qt 5</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.qt.io\">http://www.qt.io</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">libsndfile</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/\">http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/</ulink>"
msgstr "libsndfile reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/\">http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/</ulink>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>ALSA</abbrev></emphasis>: (&gt;= 1.x) at <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.org\">http://www.alsa-project.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>ALSA</abbrev> as audio driver)"
msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.com\">http://www.alsa-project.com</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Jack Audio Connection Kit (&gt;= 0.80)</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://jackaudio.org\">http://jackaudio.org/</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> as audio driver)"
msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://jackit.sourceforge.net\">http://jackit.sourceforge.net</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PortAudio</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.portaudio.com\">http://www.portaudio.com</ulink> (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)"
msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.com\">http://www.alsa-project.com</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PulseAudio</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.pulseaudio.org\">http://www.pulseaudio.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)"
msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.com\">http://www.alsa-project.com</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Flac</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://flac.sf.net\">http://flac.sf.net</ulink> (only if you wish to use Flac samples)"
msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://jackit.sourceforge.net\">http://jackit.sourceforge.net</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">LADSPA</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\">http://www.ladspa.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effects)"
msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.com\">http://www.alsa-project.com</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">liblrdf</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://sf.net/projects/lrdf\">http://sf.net/projects/lrdf</ulink> (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)"
msgstr "Jack Audio Connection Kit (>= 0.80) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://jackit.sourceforge.net\">http://jackit.sourceforge.net</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver JACK pert l'output audio)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:133
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>LASH</abbrev></emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://lash.nongnu.org\">http://lash.nongnu.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>LASH</abbrev>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:137
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">liblo</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://liblo.sourceforge.net/\"/> for <link linkend=\"chpt.osc\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\"><abbrev>NSM</abbrev></link> support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:143
msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:147
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools           \\\n"
"    qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \\\n"
"    libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n"
"    libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf-dev                 \\\n"
"    liblash-compat-dev librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev</command>\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:155
msgid "Compiling with <command>cmake</command> can be done easily by using the <filename>build.sh</filename> script. Go to the directory where the <command>git</command> repository was cloned and run the <filename>build.sh</filename> script without any arguments to display the help :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:158
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>./build.sh</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:162
msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<command>   r[m]     =&gt; all built, temp and cache files</command>\n"
"<command>   c[lean]  =&gt; remove cache files</command>\n"
"<command>   m[ake]   =&gt; launch the build process</command>\n"
"<command>   mm       =&gt; launch the build process using ccache</command>\n"
"<command>   mt       =&gt; launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled</command>\n"
"<command>   d[oc]    =&gt; build html documentation</command>\n"
"<command>   g[raph]  =&gt; draw a dependencies graph</command>\n"
"<command>   h[elp]   =&gt; show the build options</command>\n"
"<command>   x|exec   =&gt; execute hydrogen</command>\n"
"<command>   t[ests]  =&gt; execute tests</command>\n"
"<command>   p[kg]    =&gt; build source package</command>\n"
"<command>   z        =&gt; build using ccache and run from tree</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:180
msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the <parameter>m</parameter> option"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>./build.sh m x</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:187
msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the <filename>build</filename> folder and use the <command>make</command> command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:190
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>cd build</command>\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>sudo make install</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:196
msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the <filename>INSTALL.txt</filename> file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:201
msgid "Keyboard and Mouse"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:202
msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:207
msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button (or mouse wheel) and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action or brings up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:217
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <emphasis>left click</emphasis> : restore default value of knob or fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:222
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>left click</emphasis> : bind <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> event to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>-learnable widget (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.learnable\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:227
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>mouse wheel</emphasis>|<keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap> : change values of rotaries and faders at a faster pace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:233
msgid "All rotaries and faders can also be set by using the keyboard. First, you have to click the widget for it to be focussed, indicated by a coloured highlight (orange per default). Now, you can enter numerical input via your keyboard. All numbers and dots are concatenated. If you want to reset your input or start a different one you can either press <keycap>ESC</keycap> or wait a couple of seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:238
msgid "Keyboard usage in Editors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:247
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap></emphasis> : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:254
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap></emphasis> : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:261
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Enter</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap></emphasis> : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:269
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Tab</keycap> and <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>Tab</keycap></emphasis> : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Delete</keycap></emphasis> : delete notes or patterns."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:281
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Esc</keycap></emphasis> : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:242
msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editors</link>, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:290
msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:297
msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and enter notes in the same way a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard can be."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:308
msgid "Using Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:311
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:314
msgid "Main User Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:317
msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:321
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:326
msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:332
msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab of the Appearance tab in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:337
msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.main_toolbar\">Main Toolbar</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library Editor</link>. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:345
msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:349
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:356
msgid "Drumkit Concept"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:358
msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link>-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link> was introduced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:366
msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more <link linkend=\"def.component\">components</link> which each can consist of multiple <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layered</link> samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:373
msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the <link linkend=\"glossary\">Glossary</link> for a number of useful definitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:378
msgid "Drumkits can most easily be loaded by right-clicking their name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>. Once loaded its name will be displayed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. All changes done to the kit, like altering parameters and adding or removing samples or instruments, are stored in the current song. They need to be <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">saved</link> to the drumkit in case you want them to persist and to be applicable to other songs as well. The actions available in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits\">Drumkits</link> section of the main menu do act on the kit associated with the current song. All options available through the Sound Library on the other hand soley apply to the stock kits. So, reloading the current drumkit will overwrite your local changes in the song using the default parameters stored in the kit's <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> file and altering the current kit's properties via the Sound Library does only affect the stock kit and <emphasis>not</emphasis> the one associated with your current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:385
msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:387
msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> or keyboard events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:391
msgid "Using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options\">Options</link> tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. <option>Drumkit</option> maps different <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> notes or virtual keyboard strokes to different instruments of the current drumkit. <option>Instrument</option>, on the other hand, maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. You can think of these modes as input versions of both <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:395
msgid "Which <emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note</emphasis> maps to which instrument (with Input mode set to Drumkit) is depending on the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.midi_out_settings\">Note</link> parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the <emphasis>GMRockKit</emphasis> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.midi_mapping\">table</link> below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:400
msgid "In order to process incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages, you have to set up the overall <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> support in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> system</link> tab of the Preferences dialog first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:405
msgid "Alternatively you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Virtual keyboard</emphasis> provided in Hydrogen. In Drumkit mode it maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to different instruments in the drumkit depending on their position shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. In Instrument mode the corresponding instrument number + 36 is used as note key for the currently selected instrument. The mapping is shown for the GMRockKit in <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.midi_mapping\">table</link> as well as in general in the <link linkend=\"fig.letters_keyboard\">figure</link> below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:410
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Mapping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit"
msgstr "Hydrogen Manual"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:417
msgid "Virtual Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:420
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Note"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:423
msgid "GM Standard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:432
msgid "35"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:433
msgid "Bass Drum 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kick"
msgstr "Z = Kick"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:437
msgid "Z"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:438
msgid "36"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:439
msgid "Bass Drum 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stick"
msgstr "S = Stick"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:443
msgid "S"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:444
msgid "37"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:445
msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:448
msgid "Snare"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:449
msgid "X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:450
msgid "38"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:451
msgid "Snare Drum 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:454 manual.docbook:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hand Clap"
msgstr "D = Hand Clap"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:455
msgid "D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:456
msgid "39"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:460
msgid "Snare Rimshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:461
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:462
msgid "40"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:463
msgid "Snare Drum 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:466
msgid "Floor Tom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:467
msgid "V"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:468
msgid "41"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:469
msgid "Low Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hat Closed"
msgstr "G = Closed HH"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:473
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:474
msgid "42"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:475
#, fuzzy
msgid "Closed Hi-hat"
msgstr "G = Closed HH"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:478
msgid "Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:479
msgid "B"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:480
msgid "43"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:481
msgid "Low Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hat Pedal"
msgstr "H = Pedal HH"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:485
msgid "H"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:486
msgid "44"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:487
msgid "Pedal Hi-hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:490
msgid "Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:491
msgid "N"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:492
msgid "45"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:493
msgid "Mid Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:496
msgid "Hat Open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:497
msgid "J"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:498
msgid "46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:499
msgid "Open Hi-hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:504
msgid "47"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:505
msgid "Mid Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:510
msgid "48"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:511
msgid "High Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crash"
msgstr "2 = Crash"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:515
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:516
msgid "49"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:517
msgid "Crash Cymbal 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:522
msgid "50"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:523
msgid "High Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:526
msgid "Ride"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:527
msgid "Q"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:528
msgid "51"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:529
msgid "Ride Cymbal 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:532 manual.docbook:712
msgid "Hat Semi-Open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:533 manual.docbook:713
msgid "E"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:534
msgid "52"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:535
msgid "Chinese Cymbal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:538
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:539
msgid "R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:540
msgid "53"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:541
msgid "Ride Bell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:546
msgid "54"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:547
msgid "Tambourine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:550
msgid "Splash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:551
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:552
msgid "55"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:553
msgid "Splash Cymbal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:556 manual.docbook:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cowbell"
msgstr "M = Cowbell"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:557
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:558
msgid "56"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:564
msgid "57"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:565
msgid "Crash Cymbal 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:570
msgid "58"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:571
msgid "Vibra Slap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:574
msgid "Ride 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:575
msgid "W"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:576
msgid "59"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:577
msgid "Ride Cymbal 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:582
msgid "60"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:583
msgid "High Bongo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:588
msgid "61"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:589
msgid "Low Bongo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:594
msgid "62"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:595
msgid "Mute High Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:600
msgid "63"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:601
msgid "Open High Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:606
msgid "64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:607
msgid "Low Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:612
msgid "65"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:613
msgid "High Timbale"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:618
msgid "66"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:619
msgid "Low Timbale"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:624
msgid "67"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:625
msgid "High Agogô"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:630
msgid "68"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:631
msgid "Low Agogô"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:636
msgid "69"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:637
msgid "Cabasa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:642
msgid "70"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:643
msgid "Maracas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:648
msgid "71"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:649
msgid "Short Whistle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:654
msgid "72"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:655
msgid "Long Whistle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:660
msgid "73"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:661
msgid "Short Güiro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:666
msgid "74"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:667
msgid "Long Güiro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:672
msgid "75"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:673
msgid "Claves"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:678
msgid "76"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:679
msgid "High Wood Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:684
msgid "77"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:685
msgid "Low Wood Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:690
msgid "78"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:691
msgid "Mute Cuíca"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:696
msgid "79"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:697
msgid "Open Cuíca"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:702
msgid "80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:703
msgid "Mute Triangle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:708
msgid "81"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:709
msgid "Open Triangle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:714
msgid "82"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:722
msgid "This table refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default. For all other drumkits the order of instruments and thus their mapping to virtual keys as well as the assigned MIDI notes might differ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:727
msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the <emphasis role=\"bold\">General <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> (GM)</emphasis> standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:731
msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping of instrument positions (red numbers) to your PC's keyboard keys in the figure below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:742
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtual_keyboard.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:734
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"virtual_keyboard.png\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"100%\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:748
msgid "When using German or French keyboard layout/local the overall mapping is still the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:756
msgid "Recording in Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:758
msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple patterns. You can do so using an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device, like an e-drum, or use the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard</link> provided by Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:771 manual.docbook:2384
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:783 manual.docbook:2370 manual.docbook:7302
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:762
msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with a red circle in its center. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link> and afterwards press the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:789
msgid "Using the playback mode of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> all inserted notes will be added to the pattern currently selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:794
msgid "By <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls.pattern_editor_lock\">locking</link> the Pattern Editor in Song Mode Hydrogen will automatically select the pattern recorded notes will be inserted to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:800
msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when attempting to add a notes at a position already containing one of equal pitch, the new note will be discarded and the old one kept."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:813
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='punch_in.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:806
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Song ruler with a red rectangle indicating the punch in area. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"punch_in.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:818
msgid "You can also limit patterns new notes will be recorded to by defining a continuous <emphasis role=\"bold\">punch in</emphasis> area via right click and dragging the cursor to the right in the ruler of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:825
msgid "Session Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:827
msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:832
msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:844
msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:839
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>NSM</abbrev></emphasis>: <ulink url=\"http://non.tuxfamily.org/nsm/API.html\">Non Session Manager (<abbrev>NSM</abbrev>)</ulink> is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:856
msgid "You have to activate <abbrev>LASH</abbrev> support in the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:851
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>LASH</abbrev></emphasis>: Hydrogen provides a basic support for <ulink url=\"http://lash.nongnu.org\">LASH Audio Session Handler (<abbrev>LASH</abbrev>)</ulink>. This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:865
msgid "NSM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:867
msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> server application, like <ulink url=\"https://github.com/Houston4444/RaySession\">RaySession</ulink>. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the <option>Project</option> option of the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link> as some action will have changed in order to comply to the <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> API."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:873
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Replace With New Song</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.new\">New</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:879
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import Into Session</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open\">Open</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:885
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import Recent Info Session</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open_recent\">Open Recent</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:896
msgid "In contrast to the <emphasis>Save As</emphasis> command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent <emphasis>Save</emphasis> actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> to the path of the exported file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:891
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export From Session As</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.save_as\">Save As</link>. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:908
msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backups of your Hydrogen session using <command>tar -chf</command>. These can even be ported and used on systems which do not have the required drumkits installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:914
msgid "Note that only the stock <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkit</link> loaded last will be linked in the session folder. In case you only alter instrument parameters or delete instruments or samples this will work perfectly fine. But as soon as you add instruments from other drumkits or external samples, the linked drumkit folder won't contain all samples required by your current song anymore. You need to <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">saved</link> the kit (or create a new one) in order to ensure consistency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:904
msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called <filename>Hydrogen.*</filename>. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/> <_:warning-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:923
msgid "Command-line Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/screen
#: manual.docbook:927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<command>-h, --help                  Displays this help.</command>\n"
"<command>-v, --version               Displays version information.</command>\n"
"<command>-d, --driver &lt;Audiodriver&gt;  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, pulseaudio, auto)</command>\n"
"<command>-i, --install &lt;File&gt;        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)</command>\n"
"<command>-n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen</command>\n"
"<command>-p, --playlist &lt;File&gt;       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-P, --data &lt;Path&gt;           Use an alternate system data path</command>\n"
"<command>-s, --song &lt;File&gt;           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-k, --kit &lt;DrumkitName&gt;     Load a drumkit at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-V, --verbose &lt;Level&gt;       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:941
msgid "Which audio drivers are supported depends on both your platform and its installed packages. Your local help message will display all available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:925
msgid "After <link linkend=\"chpt.download\">installing</link> Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preferences"
msgstr "Preferences dialog"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:953
msgid "Using this window most of the configuration options and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the <parameter>Options</parameter> element in the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:956 manual.docbook:3741 manual.docbook:4423
msgid "General"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:959
msgid "The General Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:962
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:973 manual.docbook:1090
msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:979
msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.info\">About</link> dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:969
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Language</emphasis>: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:988
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Reopen last used song</emphasis>: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:998
msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:994
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Reopen last used playlist</emphasis>: determines whether the last used <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link> will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1011
msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1005
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use relative paths for playlist</emphasis>: specifies whether the paths stored in a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link> file will be absolute or relative to the <filename role=\"directory\">playlist</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1018
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hide keyboard input cursor</emphasis>: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> prior to Hydrogen v1.1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1029
msgid "You may consider using the more advanced <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\">NSM</link> support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> connections or creating a per-session configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1024
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use LASH</emphasis>: enables <abbrev>LASH</abbrev> (<abbrev>LASH</abbrev> Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1041
msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1044
msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1036
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms</emphasis>: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>. The allowed range is from <option>-200</option> to <option>200</option>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1070 manual.docbook:2531 manual.docbook:2562
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1061
msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to <emphasis role=\"bold\">Set <abbrev>BPM</abbrev> and play</emphasis> - <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1055
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beat counter start offset in ms</emphasis>: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from <option>-500</option> to <option>500</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1080
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Maximum number of bars</emphasis>: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from <option>1</option> to <option>800</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1086
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Maximum number of layers</emphasis>: sets the maximum number of <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from <option>16</option> to <option>8192</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1103
msgid "These autosave files will be hidden and contain an additional suffix \"autosave\". E.g. if your current song is called <filename>example.h2song</filename> the backup will be stored in <filename>.example.autosave.h2song</filename> within the same directory. But you do not need to be careful when chosing a song name. Hydrogen will take care of finding a filename for the backup not existing yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1098
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Numbers of autosaves per hour</emphasis>: sets how often Hydrogen will generate a backup of your current song in case it contains any unsaved modifications. In case there is an autosave file with a more recent timestamp next to a song, Hydrogen will ask you upon opening whether to restore the unsaved changes or to load the raw song. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1115
msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does <emphasis>not</emphasis> already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1121
msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package <option>rubberband-cli</option>. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check <ulink url=\"http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/\">the Rubber Band site </ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1140 manual.docbook:2642 manual.docbook:5226
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1130
msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Main Toolbar</link>. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1111
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Path to the Rubberband command-line utility</emphasis>: sets the absolute path to the <command>rubberband</command> command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\">Sample Editor</link>. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Audio System"
msgstr "Audio engine info"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1157
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Audio System Tab"
msgstr "Audio engine info"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1160
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1167
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Audio System</emphasis>: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1171
msgid "Available options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1182
msgid "This option is recommended for beginners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1177
msgid "<option>Auto</option>: Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined, OS-dependent order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "<option>JACK</option>: The <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server will start automatically if not already running."
msgstr "Il driver Jack necessita del server audio Jack (<ulink url=\"http://jackit.sourceforge.net\">Jack Audio Connection Kit</ulink>), un server audio professionale col quale e' possibile raggiungere bassissime latenze e l'interoperabilta' con altri software audio. <emphasis>Raccomandiamo fortemente di usare questo driver per ottenere il meglio da Hydrogen.</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1198
msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1205
#, fuzzy
msgid "<option>ALSA</option>: The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1210
#, fuzzy
msgid "<option>OSS</option>: The <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> audio driver uses <filename>/dev/dsp</filename> and it's based on the <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks <filename>/dev/dsp</filename> until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort."
msgstr "Il driver Oss utilizza il device /dev/dsp ed e' basato sull'interfaccia OSS che e' supportata dalla maggior parte delle schede audio disponibili per linux. Purtroppo l'uso di questo driver blocca il device /dev/dsp fino alla chiusura del programma stesso, rendendo impossibile l'utilizzo del device ad altri programmi audio."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1220
#, fuzzy
msgid "<option>PortAudio</option>: An open-source multi platform audio driver interface layer."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1225
msgid "<option>CoreAudio</option>: A driver for MacOS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1229
msgid "<option>PulseAudio</option>: A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1238
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Host API</emphasis> (PortAudio only): some systems (notably Windows) have more than one native way for applications to interact with audio hardware (APIs), and not all audio devices are supported by all APIs. If you don't find your sound device in the device list, try changing the Host API setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1249
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Device</emphasis>: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1255
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buffer size</emphasis>: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from <option>100</option> to <option>5000</option>, although this can vary depending on audio system and sound device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1263
msgid "In general, selecting a smaller buffer size will allow the audio system to reduce latency (the lag between hitting a key and the sound being played), but can lead to increased likelihood of audio glitches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1276
msgid "If you are using the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1272
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample rate</emphasis>: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1285
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Track output</emphasis>: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1288
msgid "<option>Post-Fader</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1290 manual.docbook:1309
msgid "note <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">velocity</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1291 manual.docbook:1310
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1292
msgid "component <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">gain</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1293
msgid "instrument <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">gain</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">sustain</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1300 manual.docbook:1317
msgid "<link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">automation path</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">velocity humanization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1307
msgid "<option>Pre-Fader</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1312
msgid "instrument <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">sustain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1326
msgid "This option is only available if the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Connect to default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis> option is checked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1332
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BBT sync method</emphasis>: if Hydrogen uses <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport in the presence of an external <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">song's tempo</link> or the Tempo Markers added to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>. But due to fundamental design choices within Hydrogen, it can not set both measure and speed provided by <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option <option>constant measure</option>) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> (option <option>matching bars</option>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1349 manual.docbook:1394 manual.docbook:1415
#: manual.docbook:1438
msgid "This option is only available if the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver was selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1361 manual.docbook:2710
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1372 manual.docbook:2725
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1352
msgid "For this option to take effect the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button has to be activated and the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button deactivated in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\">Main Toolbar</link> (next to having a <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> TBM application)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1380
msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1386
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Connect to default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis>: connects the main stereo <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> to the default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> input ports of your system (<emphasis>system:playback_1</emphasis> and <emphasis>system:playback_2</emphasis>). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver is restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1401
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create per-instrument <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis>: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports for every single instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1408
msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:1421
msgid "There are no <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports for the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link>. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1432
msgid "Some <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1427
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> timebase master support</emphasis>: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1445
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply and restart output</emphasis>: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1455
msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1451
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Polyphony</emphasis>: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from <option>1</option> to <option>512</option>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1462
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Metronome volume</emphasis>: sets the volume of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>. Supported values are from <option>1</option> to <option>100</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1468
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpolate resampling</emphasis>: specifies the type of resampling applied if a <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1478
msgid "MIDI System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1481
msgid "The MIDI System Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1484 manual.docbook:6247
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1491
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> driver</emphasis>: selects the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> driver Hydrogen will use to send <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1497
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Input</emphasis>: selects the device Hydrogen will expect <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages to receive from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1503
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Output</emphasis>: selects the device Hydrogen will send <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1509
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Channel</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1519
msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices. But it may also discard <emphasis>Cymbal choke</emphasis> messages in some e-drums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1515
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ignore note-off</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the <emphasis>note-off</emphasis> <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1531
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> volume and mute state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1536
msgid "an Instrument Strip <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.mute\">mute</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.solo\">solo</link> state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1541
msgid "whether the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link> is activated"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1526
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> feedback</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1549
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Discard <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages after action has been triggered</emphasis>: specifies whether a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note - after performing the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> action associated with it - should be played back or be discard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1559
msgid "This option only takes effect if <emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options\">Options</link> tab of the Main Menu is set to <option>Drumkit</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1555
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use output note as input note</emphasis>: if checked the instrument mapped to an incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note is determined by its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.midi_out_settings\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Out Settings</link> in the Instrument Editor. Otherwise, the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">default <abbrev>MIDI mapping</abbrev></link> (based on the instrument order in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>) will be used. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1567
msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> actions</link> provided by Hydrogen with incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages. How this is done will be explained in the <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1574
msgid "OSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1577
msgid "The OSC Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1580
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1590
msgid "In order to see and access the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC feedback</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Import port</emphasis> option, <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC support</emphasis> has to be checked first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1597
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC support</emphasis>: Allows Hydrogen to receive <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> commands send by external programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1609
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1612
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.toggle_metronome\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1615
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.mute_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1618
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_volume_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1621
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_volume_relative\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1624
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.pan_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1627
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_mute_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1630
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_solo_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1601
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC feedback</emphasis>: Hydrogen will broadcast <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">state broadcast as feedback</emphasis> is composed of the following <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1637
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Incoming port</emphasis>: Specifies the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to <option>20000</option> are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1585
msgid "The <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> tab (<xref linkend=\"fig.preferences.osc_tab\"/>) let's you modify all options associated with <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> (Open Sound Control) (see chapter <link linkend=\"chpt.osc\">OSC API</link> for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1643
msgid "If the chosen <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> tab of the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1651
msgid "Appearance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1653
msgid "The settings available in the <emphasis>Appearance</emphasis> tab let you modify the look of Hydrogen and are treated differently than the ones found in other tabs. While the latter are stored in the <filename>hydrogen.conf</filename> file in Hydrogen's data folder, the appearance is stored in <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2theme\">.h2theme</link> files in the dedicated <filename role=\"directory\">theme</filename> subfolder. The idea is that while the remaining settings are tailored to your local setup, a theme is something that is easily portable. E.g. you can create a custom dark theme and share it with the Hydrogen community without them having to adopt it to their local setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1666
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesExportThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1679
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesImportThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1692
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesResetThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1657
msgid "This can be done using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Export Theme\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesExportThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Import Theme\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesImportThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> buttons. All changes applied to a theme (unless indicated otherwise in the dialog) will take effect immediately. If you are satisfied with the result, accept the dialog by clicking the OK button to save it. If you, however, want to reset all options to their state encountered when opening the dialog or importing last theme, hit the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Reset Appearance Tab\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesResetThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button or close the dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1700
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1703
msgid "The Interface Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1706
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesInterfaceTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1711
msgid "The <emphasis>Interface</emphasis> tab covers the overall appearance of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1722
msgid "Using this option you might be able to better integrate Hydrogen into your operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1717
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Style</emphasis>: specifies a certain look of GUI elements, like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1729
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Meters falloff speed</emphasis>: specifies how fast the visual update of the peak values shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> will be done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1739
msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1735
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default interface layout</emphasis>: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in <link linkend=\"fig.UI_overview\">Single Pane mode</link> or <link linkend=\"fig.tabbed_UI_overview\">Tabbed mode</link> (see <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.gui\">Main User Interface</link> for details). <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1746
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">High-resolution display scaling</emphasis>: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1752
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon color</emphasis>: while the color of all button labels can be set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab, the icons hold the color used in the corresponding <abbrev>SVG</abbrev> file and can not be altered freely. To still allow you to change the overall colors conveniently, Hydrogen is shipped with all icons available in either <option>Black</option> and <option>White</option> color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1758
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Coloring method for Song Editor elements</emphasis>: determines the coloring of the grid boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>. The options available are:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1764
msgid "<option>Automatic</option>: uses as many colors as there are patterns in the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1770
msgid "<option>Custom</option>: uses a certain number of colors in a repeated way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1777
msgid "By chosing <option>Custom</option> two more settings will become available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1783
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Number of colors in Song Editor</emphasis>: how many different colors should be used."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1789
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selected colors</emphasis>: a list of color buttons. Clicking one will open a dialog allowing you to change its color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1800
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1803
msgid "The Colors Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1806
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesColorsTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1811
msgid "The <emphasis>Colors</emphasis> tab exposes most of the colors used within Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1820
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">General</emphasis>: basic Qt colors. Most of them are used in many parts of the GUI. But some of them might be not used at all. So, don't worry in case altering one of these does not result in visual changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1826
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Widgets</emphasis>: colors in small and interactive elements of the GUI, like buttons or combo boxes."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1832
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Editor</emphasis>: colors specific to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1838
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Editor</emphasis>: colors specific to the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1815
msgid "You can select a color by clicking its name in the tree you find on the left side. It is grouping the individual colors into <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1846
msgid "Once selected you can change a color by either clicking the large colored rectangle in the upper right part of the tab (which opens a color dialog) or by using the spinboxes and sliders in the lower right part. The latter represent the colors components according to the <abbrev>RGB</abbrev> as well as the <abbrev>HSV</abbrev> color model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1853
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1856
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Font Tab"
msgstr "Audio engine info"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1859
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesFontTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1864
msgid "The <emphasis>Font</emphasis> tab contains all options affecting strings, characters, and numbers displayed in the GUI."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1869
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Application font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for headings, larger labels, and most parts of the dialogs and popups."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1875
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Item font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for smaller elements, like the name of patterns in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor or the name of the samples in the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Layers view</link> of the Instrument Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1881
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Widget font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for small and interactive elements of the GUI, like buttons."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1887
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Font size</emphasis>: accessibility option to increase or decrease the overall font size of Hydrogen."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:1901
#, fuzzy
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr "Menu"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1904
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Main Menu"
msgstr "Menu"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1907
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainMenu.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1913
msgid "Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1914
#, fuzzy
msgid "This menu offers file related functions."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1918
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\"/> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1925
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New</emphasis>: creates a new and empty song."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 6</emphasis> La linguetta Appereance"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1928
msgid "Prior to version 1.2 of Hydrogen new songs were based on <filename>DefaultSong.h2song</filename> in Hydrogen's data folder and all <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab.autosaves\">backups</link> of unsaved changes were associated with it. This had the unfortunate downside that it was quite easy to lose all changes made in a new song in case you forget to change it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1931
msgid "Since 1.2 new songs are not associated with any file anymore and Hydrogen makes sure the backup file generated does not exist yet and no data gets overwritten. In addition, when working on a newly created song and closing the application without saving the changes, e.g. due to a power outage, Hydrogen is now capable of restoring these changes from the backup file and prompts you at the beginning of the next session whether it should do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1934
msgid "If you are used to altering the <filename>DefaultSong.h2song</filename> and use it as a template, you can still do the same by <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open\">opening</link> and <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.save_as\">saving</link> it using a different name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1940
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Properties</emphasis>: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>, and generic notes."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1944
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open</emphasis>: opens an existing song (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1950
msgid "The demo songs are stored in <filename role=\"directory\">$INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1947
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Demo</emphasis>: opens one of the demo songs shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1957
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Recent</emphasis>: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1960
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis>: saves changes to current song."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + S]</emphasis> = Salva file."

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1966
msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.songs\">Songs section of the Sound Library</link>, you have to store it in the <filename role=\"directory\">songs</filename> subfolder of Hydrogen data directory (<filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1963
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save As</emphasis>: saves current song as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1973
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Pattern</emphasis>: opens a pattern (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link> file) belonging to the current drumkit."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1981
msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.patterns\">Patterns section of the Sound Library</link>, you have to store it in <filename>$HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1977
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Pattern As</emphasis>: saves a pattern as a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link> file. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1989
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export MIDI File</emphasis>: exports the current song in <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> format."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 11</emphasis> Esporta un drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1993
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Song</emphasis>: exports the current song into an audio file."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 11</emphasis> Esporta un drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1995
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Export mode</emphasis> option <option>Export to a single track</option> will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. <option>Export to separate tracks</option> will create files for each instrument/track. <option>Both</option> will create a stereo downmix as well as audio files for all individual instruments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export LilyPond File</emphasis>: exports the current song to LilyPond."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 11</emphasis> Esporta un drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:2003
msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the <emphasis>GMRockKit</emphasis> and no triplets are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2008
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Quit</emphasis>: exits Hydrogen."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2014
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2018
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Undo</emphasis>: lets you undo your last action."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2021
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Redo</emphasis>: lets you redo the last undone action."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2024
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Undo History</emphasis>: gives you an overview of your previous actions."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2031 manual.docbook:4335
msgid "Drumkits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2034
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New</emphasis>: creates a new and empty <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkit</link> by clearing all the instruments of the current one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2043
msgid "Using this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.import_drumkit\">Import</link> option described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2038
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open</emphasis>: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2050
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Properties</emphasis>: sets general properties of the drumkit associated with the current song, such as name, author, <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>, general information, image, and image license."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2059 manual.docbook:2075
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\"/> and <xref linkend=\"chpt.license\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2056
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis>: saves all settings of the drumkit associated with the current (including those of their instruments and sound samples). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2069
msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/</filename> folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2066
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save As</emphasis>: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2085
msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( &lt;= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link> to export since having multiple ones was not supported back than."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2082
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export</emphasis>: compresses and stores all instrument samples and settings of the current drumkit into a folder of your choice as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">.h2drumkit</link> file. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2092
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis>: imports a drumkit (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">.h2drumkit</link> file) from the local filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2097
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Online Import</emphasis>: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a <abbrev>XML</abbrev> feed. The <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file that should be provided is <emphasis role=\"bold\">NOT</emphasis> <abbrev>RSS</abbrev> compliant (see <ulink url=\"http://www.hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php\">Hydrogen website</ulink> for an example)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2106
msgid "Import Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2109
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2104
msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the <emphasis>Internet</emphasis> tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on <ulink url=\"http://hydrogen-music.org\"/>) will be filled in, and after pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Update list</emphasis> button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the <emphasis>Status</emphasis> column on the you can see if a kit is installed or not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2121
msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2138
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2131
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Downloading_SoundLibrary.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2126
msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking <emphasis role=\"bold\">Download and Install</emphasis>. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library.drumkits\">Sound Library</link> under <emphasis>User drumkits</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2153
msgid "Instruments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2154
msgid "This menu offers instruments functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2159
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Instrument</emphasis>: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2162
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Clear All</emphasis>: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit leaving only an empty one."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2165
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Component</emphasis>: adds a <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link> to the current drumkit."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2171
msgid "View"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2175
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Playlist Editor</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist Editor</link> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2178
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Director</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2181
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mixer</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2184
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instrument Rack</emphasis>: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2187
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Automation Path</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2191
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timeline</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2194
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Playback Track</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2197
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Full screen</emphasis>: maximises the window size to the whole screen area."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2203
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2206
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis>: when set to <option>Drumkit</option> the keys on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to <option>Instrument</option> the keys of your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\"/> for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Preferences</emphasis>: opens the main preferences window (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.preferences\"/> for details)."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2224
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2226
msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2230
msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2243
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Audio Engine View"
msgstr "Audio engine info"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2246
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2252
msgid "In case <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server before starting Hydrogen (<abbrev>JACK</abbrev> automatically starts when an application tries to connect)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2239
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Show Audio Engine Info</emphasis>: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2263
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Show Filesystem Info</emphasis>: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2273
msgid "<option>None</option>: No messages will be written at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2278
msgid "<option>Error</option>: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2283
msgid "<option>Warning</option>: Like <option>Error</option> but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2288
msgid "<option>Info</option>: Like <option>Warning</option> but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2293
msgid "<option>Debug</option>: Like <option>Info</option> but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2268
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Log Level</emphasis>: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2302
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Log File</emphasis>: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2309
msgid "Info"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2313
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User Manual</emphasis>: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2316
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">About</emphasis>: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2320
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Report Bug</emphasis>: opens the <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/issues\">Hydrogen issue page at github.com</ulink> in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donate</emphasis>: make a donation to developers/maintainers."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:2331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Main Toolbar"
msgstr "La toolbar principale"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2334
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Main Toolbar"
msgstr "La toolbar principale"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2338
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components."
msgstr "Prima di analizzare i due frame di Hydrogen, soffermiamoci brevemente sulla barra degli strumenti principale:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2347
msgid "Transport Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2361
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2352
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/background_Control_V2.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2378
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlStopButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2392
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlForwardButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2400
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRewindButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2408 manual.docbook:3189
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2366
msgid "Using these buttons you can <emphasis role=\"bold\">start</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> (also bound to <keycap>Space</keycap>, see <xref linkend=\"chap.shortcuts\"/> for further related shortcuts) and <emphasis role=\"bold\">stop</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlStopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> playback, <emphasis role=\"bold\">record</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> new patterns (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\"/> for details), <emphasis role=\"bold\">fast forward</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlForwardButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">rewind</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRewindButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> transport position, and <emphasis role=\"bold\">loop</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2418 manual.docbook:3176
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2426 manual.docbook:3205 manual.docbook:3242
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2414
msgid "In addition, you can switch between <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2433
msgid "When using the <link linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\">Keyboard</link> to navigate in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> the shortcut <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap> (or <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap> on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2440
msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2455
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2443
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a display showing to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the display there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/MeasureSettings.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2460
msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the <emphasis>Beat Counter</emphasis>. Due to conceptional similarities the <emphasis>Tap Tempo</emphasis> will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:2463
msgid "Tap Tempo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2465
msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with transport rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the <keycap>\\</keycap> key in the tempo you want."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2469
msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average of the last up to eight hits of the <keycap>\\</keycap> button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2475
msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:2482
msgid "Beat Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2494
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2484
msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button or simply press <keycap>,</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2499
msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left <keycap>+</keycap> / <keycap>-</keycap> buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right <keycap>+</keycap> / <keycap>-</keycap> buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an <parameter>R</parameter>, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap <keycap>,</keycap>, the <parameter>R</parameter> will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the <parameter>R</parameter>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2520 manual.docbook:2546
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2511
msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> . When it shows the latter (for <emphasis>Play</emphasis>), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> (for <emphasis>Set BPM</emphasis>), the auto-start is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2551
msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by <command>Seq24</command>)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the <keycap>,</keycap> key) and everyone starts on 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2569
msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2576
msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2581
msgid "If you are using <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport in the presence of an external <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.bbt\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link>, Hydrogen is supposed to be a <emphasis>slave</emphasis> and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2590
msgid "BPM Control and Metronome"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2605
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2593
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a display showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/background_BPM.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2610
msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from <option>10</option> to <option>400</option> bpm (beats per minute)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2621
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2613
msgid "You can use <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing black outlines of a classical metronome. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_metronome_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> to toggle the metronome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2627
msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.audio_tab\">Audio tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2632
msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences, you will also find the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\"/> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2651
msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2664
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2654
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> input. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2669
msgid "The <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> bargraph gives you an indication of the <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> load. The <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2672
msgid "The <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> settings can be adjusted in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2677
msgid "In case a <abbrev>XRUN</abbrev> event occurs (<abbrev>CPU</abbrev> load is so large that audio processing could not be finished in time) the outlines of the <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> bargraph will be colored red for a couple of seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2684
msgid "JACK Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2696
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2687
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2701
msgid "Clicking <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> will enable <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2715
msgid "Using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Hydrogen can be registered as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients. If it's registered as <abbrev>master</abbrev>, the button will appear checked (blue by default). If, however, another application, like <command>Ardour</command>, is registered as Timebase Master and Hydrogen acts as <emphasis>slave</emphasis>, the button appears checked too but is colored red. As soon as it gets unchecked (which can happen without explicit user interaction) Hydrogen works as a stand-alone <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2733
msgid "The support of <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase can disabled in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.audio_tab\">Audio tab</link> of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2740
msgid "GUI State"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2753
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2743
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue display showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2758
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2761
msgid "The line below displays status messages telling what Hydrogen is up to. Clicking it will open a popup menu showing the last 100 messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:2768
msgid "Song Editor"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2772
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Song Editor"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2775
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorBackground.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2781
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song."
msgstr "Il frame \"Song Editor\" (Fig. 1) mostra la canzone che stiamo creando; ciascuna casella blu rappresenta una battuta completa come visualizzata nella finestra del Pattern Editor, mentre le righe indicano le varie parti della canzone (esempio: intro, strofa, bridge, ritornello, ecc..). Abbiamo piena liberta' di aggiungere, rimuovere o spostare le singole battute in qualunque ordine si preferisca. Poassiamo anche copiare e incollare gruppi di battute attivando l'apposita modalita' e selezionando l'area con i pattern interessati tenendo premuto il tasto sinistro del mouse. Tenendo premuto il tasto Control i pattern verranno copiati anziche' essere spostati."

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2789
msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2796
msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2803
msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2810
msgid "You can alter the colors of the squares using the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab in the Appearance tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2826
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPositionRuler.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2816
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPositionRuler.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2834
msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2840
msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>) to a desired pattern and press <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.ctrl_space\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap></link> to relocate to this position."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2831
msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link> you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Ruler</emphasis> to navigatw. This is the area above the grid and right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Main Controls</link>. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning (indicated by the faint playhead shown upon hovering) and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2848
msgid "Main Controls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2862
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2851
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Selected Pattern Mode and Stacked Pattern Mode. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/bg_topPanel.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2877
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2870
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_clear_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2891
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2884
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a plus sign. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_new_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2905
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2897
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Two grey button vertically aligned. The lower one contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the upper one pointing upwards. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_updown.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : moves currently selected pattern up or down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2911
msgid "You can also <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis> a pattern up/down in the pattern list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2927 manual.docbook:3137
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2939 manual.docbook:3057
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2919
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black brush. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_select.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : indicates that Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.draw\">Draw Mode</link> or <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with pointer and dashed rectangle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_draw.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\">Select Mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2956
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_lock.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2948
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button if a black lock. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_lock.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : locks the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2962
msgid "If the Pattern Editor is locked, the user won't be able to select a pattern using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. Instead, Hydrogen will automatically select the currently playing pattern. In case there is more than one pattern present in the current row, the bottom-most one will be chosen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2967
msgid "This becomes quite handy when <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> notes in Song Mode. Hydrogen will always select the pattern recorded notes will be inserted to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2973
msgid "This button is only enabled in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> recorded notes are always added to the currently selected pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2987 manual.docbook:3218
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2996 manual.docbook:3255
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2980
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a horizontal black line. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : indicates that Hydrogen is in <emphasis>Selected Pattern Mode</emphasis> or <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3002
msgid "These two buttons will only be enabled in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> playing patterns are solely determined by the grid in the Song Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3013
#, fuzzy
msgid "Song Editor modes"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3014
msgid "The Song Editor has two different <emphasis>interaction modes</emphasis>. The default <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Select Mode</emphasis></link> allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.draw\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Draw Mode</emphasis></link> instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3022
msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3028
msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing <keycap>Return</keycap> will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3036
msgid "In addition, there are two major <emphasis>playback modes</emphasis>, <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Mode</emphasis></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Mode</emphasis></link> (with two minor submodes <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\"> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Selected Pattern mode</emphasis></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis></link>). These will determine which parts of the song you will listen to during playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3040
msgid "While Select Mode, Draw Mode, Selected Pattern Mode, and Stacked Pattern Mode are activated via the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Main Controls</link> of the Song Editor, Song Mode and Pattern Mode are activated via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Control</link> section of the Main Toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3046
msgid "Select Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3047
msgid "This mode is enabled if the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with pointer and dashed rectangle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_draw.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor and allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3065
msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can <emphasis role=\"bold\">delete</emphasis> it by pressing <keycap>Delete</keycap>. You can <emphasis role=\"bold\">move</emphasis> it by simply <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>x</keycap>) and pasting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>v</keycap>) using your keyboard. You can also <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> your selection by either holding <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> while <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it to a new location, or by copying (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>c</keycap>) and pasting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>v</keycap>) using your keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3080
msgid "Selections can be modified by holding <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3095
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> can be used to make selections using the keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3100
msgid "<keycap>Return</keycap> over a selected block will begin a move or copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3104
msgid "<keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> to move the selected cells into position"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3108
msgid "<keycap>Return</keycap> to move the selected blocks into place"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3112
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Return</keycap> to <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> the selected blocks into place"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3085
msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with <keycap>Return</keycap>, to <emphasis role=\"bold\">select</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">move</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3119
msgid "Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3126
msgid "Draw Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3127
msgid "This mode is enabled if the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black brush. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_select.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor and allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3145
msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn colorful) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3152
msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the <keycap>Return</keycap>, will also add and remove patterns from the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3158
msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>. You can alter this default behavior in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3170
#, fuzzy
msgid "Song Mode"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3171
msgid "When <emphasis>Song Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3184
msgid "By enabling <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Loop Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> in the Transport Controls, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Pattern Mode"
msgstr "Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3200
msgid "When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a horizontal black line. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3229 manual.docbook:3283
msgid "When referring to <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Mode</emphasis> in this manual the described context works with both <emphasis>Selected Pattern Mode</emphasis> and <emphasis>Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stacked Pattern Mode"
msgstr "Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3237
msgid "When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor <emphasis>Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3262
msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3269
msgid "Stacked Pattern Mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select or unselect a pattern by <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <emphasis>left clicking</emphasis> the pattern's name or by clicking the empty triangle in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. Patterns currently playing are indicated by green triangles while those about to start and stop when playback is looped to the beginning again are indicated using yellow and red ones respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3277
msgid "You can alter the colors of the indicators in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3292 manual.docbook:3893
msgid "Sidebar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3294
msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3297
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> selects a pattern, <emphasis>double-clicking</emphasis> allows you to rename a pattern, <emphasis>drag-and-dropping</emphasis> allows you to rearrange the patterns, and <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3301
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Pattern Options menu"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3305
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3314
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Duplicate</emphasis>: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3317
msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis>: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3343
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3332
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3329
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fill/Clear</emphasis>: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3351
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Properties</emphasis>: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.patterns\">Sound Library</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3355
msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3367
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3356
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/pattern_properties.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3373
msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3382
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Load Pattern</emphasis>: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3388
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Pattern</emphasis>: stores the pattern in the <filename role=\"directory\">patterns</filename> folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3396
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Pattern</emphasis>: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3402
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Virtual Pattern</emphasis>: will open the virtual pattern editor."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3405
msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3411
msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3417
msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3429
msgid "Timeline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3439
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorTimeline.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3432
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimeline.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3444
msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo at the beginning of any column. This is done by adding <emphasis>Tempo Markers</emphasis> to your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3456 manual.docbook:3588
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3467 manual.docbook:3516
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3448
msgid "To add a Tempo Marker, you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> element of the Main Menu and enable it using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"Timeline\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3474
msgid "Please note that the Timeline is neither available in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> nor in the presence of a <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3495
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3484
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/add_tempo_change.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3479
msgid "Now, simply <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> this widget in the middle or upper part and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar, or delete it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3506
msgid "When disabling the Timeline using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"Timeline\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button, the tempo resets to the previous value used before enabling the Timeline. This one will also be used for all parts of the song located prior to the first Tempo Marker. To indicate this behavior a special, faint Tempo Marker is shown at the first column that can <emphasis>not</emphasis> be removed by the user. You can, however, overwrite it with your custom tempo by clicking it and placing a regular Tempo Marker on top of it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3527
msgid "Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3529
msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. intro into verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add <emphasis>Tags</emphasis> to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at the beginning of a column. They will be shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link> whenever the playhead passes them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3539
msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3542
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3535
msgid "To add a Tag, you can either <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> the bottom of the <link linkend=\"fig.tempo_bar\">Timeline</link> or <emphasis>middle-click</emphasis> Timeline or <link linkend=\"fig.song_editor.song_ruler\">Song Ruler</link>. A dialog will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small <parameter>T</parameter> at the bottom of the Timeline and can view its content by hovering over it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3552
msgid "Playback Track"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3567
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3555
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Figure showing the Playback track on top of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3573
msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3578
msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3583
msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> left of the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> element of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3607
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackEditButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3599
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"Edit\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackEditButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : loads an audio file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3612
msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it into Hydrogen and dropping over the Playback Track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3626
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackMuteButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3618
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"Mute\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackMuteButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the Playback Track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3640
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackFader.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3632
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Horizontal fader </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackFader.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be passed into the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master section</link> of the Mixer like any other strip too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3594
msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3651
msgid "Automation Path"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3655
msgid "The Automation Path Widget"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3658
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorAutomationPathView.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3663
msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>A</keycap> or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3667
msgid "<emphasis>Clicking</emphasis> the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can <emphasis>drag</emphasis> a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3672
msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is <emphasis role=\"bold\">always active</emphasis> and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:3682
msgid "Pattern Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3684 manual.docbook:4068
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3687 manual.docbook:4071
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:3692
msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3708 manual.docbook:3873
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3722 manual.docbook:3883
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:3694
msgid "The <emphasis>Pattern Editor</emphasis> allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">per-note properties</link>, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> or as <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>. You can switch between these two by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button with a quasi-3D display a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3730
msgid "If you are editing a pattern in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3734
msgid "If you are working in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link> you will hear the <emphasis>active</emphasis> pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3744 manual.docbook:4969 manual.docbook:6069
msgid "Controls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3747
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pattern Editor Controls"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3750
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3755
msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3767
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3759
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Two blue combo boxes showing \"4.00\" and \"4\" and are labeled \"Size\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/lcd_size.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3773
msgid "The left combo box represents the numerator of your current measure. You can enter a decimal numerator, like <option>4.5/4</option>, but since resolution in Hydrogen is limited, some values are not supported and can not be entered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3779
msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators (right combo box): <option>1</option>, <option>2</option>, <option>3</option>, <option>4</option>, <option>6</option>, <option>8</option>, <option>12</option>, <option>16</option>, <option>24</option>, <option>32</option>, <option>48</option>, <option>64</option>, <option>96</option>, and <option>192</option> because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3786
msgid "Typing <keycap>/</keycap> within the numerator (first combo box) also you to quickly jump to the denominator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3802
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3794
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue display showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/lcd_res.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : this is the current grid resolution (<option>1/4</option> through <option>1/64</option> with triplet-based resolutions marked as <option>1/8T</option>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3809
#, fuzzy
msgid "If you are working with a resolution of <option>1/16</option> you can't go back to <option>1/8</option> and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand, if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/8</option> and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a <option>1/16</option> bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose <option>off</option> from the grid resolution combo box). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer."
msgstr "Partiremo da una canzone vuota con un pattern vuoto creato di default dal programma (Fig. 12); assicuriamoci che la modalita' di esecuzione sia impostata su \"pattern\". E' possibile modificare il nome del pattern. Adesso clicchiamo sul pulsante di \"Play\" e e mentre il nuovo pattern sara' in esecuzione aggiungiamo le note nella griglia del Song Editor (Fig. 13). Le note vengono inserite e cancellate dalla griglia semplicemente cliccando col tasto sinistro del mouse sulla nota interessata. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Assicuriamoci di selezionare il pattern giusto nel Song Editor prima di inserire le note nel Pattern Editor!</emphasis> Notare anche che se per esempio si riempie un pattern di sedicesimi e poi si imposta una risoluzione minore, le note \"fuori scala\" non possono essere cancellate."

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3830
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3822
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_hear.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : when checked Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3837
msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link>. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3853
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3845
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_quant_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : enables/disables quantization. When checked, notes <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recorded</link> using MIDI input or the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard</link> will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3864
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> / <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button with a quasi-3D display a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : switches between <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3896
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3899
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3904
msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3907
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3911
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete notes</emphasis>: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3917
msgid "Depending on the choice you make (<option>fill all</option>, <option>fill 1/2</option>, <option>fill 1/4</option> ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions <emphasis role=\"bold\">that are allowed by the grid setting</emphasis>. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3914
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fill notes</emphasis>: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3929
msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit <quote>hard</quote> on that instrument when played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3925
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Randomize velocity</emphasis>: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3938
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Select notes</emphasis>: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3946
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Edit all patterns</emphasis>: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in <emphasis>all</emphasis> the patterns of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3954
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cut notes</emphasis>: remove <emphasis>all</emphasis> notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3962
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Copy notes</emphasis>: copy <emphasis>all</emphasis> notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3969
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paste notes</emphasis> : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3976
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete notes</emphasis>: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3985
msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3996
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instrument</emphasis>: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4002
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rename instrument</emphasis>: change the name of the instrument."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 8</emphasis> Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4009
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete Instrument</emphasis>: well, deletes the instrument ;-)"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 8</emphasis> Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati."

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4025
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_instrument_line_mute_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4036
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_instrument_line_solo_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4017
msgid "The <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_instrument_line_mute_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_instrument_line_solo_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> solos it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4042
msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> an instrument up/down in the list and <emphasis>dropping</emphasis> it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4048
msgid "It <emphasis role=\"bold\"> will</emphasis> however, have an <emphasis role=\"bold\">impact</emphasis> on the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note mapping</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4056
msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">per-instrument</link> <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4065
#, fuzzy
msgid "Drum Pattern Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4077
msgid "Right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar.fill_notes\">Fill notes</link>. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.size\">size</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4080
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4087
msgid "you can add a note by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>, and then can 'stretch' that note by <emphasis>right-click-dragging</emphasis> it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4094
msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4113
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4103
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4101
msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left&gt;right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4120
msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with <keycap>Return</keycap> (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4126
msgid "Notes can be selected by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> over them with the mouse (or <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap>), and can be deleted with <keycap>Delete</keycap>, or moved by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> (or <keycap>Return</keycap> followed by <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link>, however this can be overridden by holding down <keycap>Alt</keycap> while moving notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4134
msgid "Moving a selection of notes with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4139
msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>C</keycap>, and pasted with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>V</keycap>. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Also see <xref linkend=\"chpt.create_song\"/> for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works."
msgstr "Ecco un veloce riepilogo dei tasti menzionati."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4144
msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">record</link> your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Note Properties Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4160
msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4163
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/notePropertiesRuler.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4168
msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4176
msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined and can be customized in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4181
msgid "The following note properties are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4187
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.velocity\">Velocity</link></emphasis>: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">selected</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4192
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.pan\">Pan</link></emphasis>: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4197
msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument Pan</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Laws</link> in the Mixer please see <xref linkend=\"def.pan\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4205
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lead/Lag</emphasis>: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4214
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">NoteKey</emphasis>: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4219
msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4222
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4226
msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4233
msgid "Note that the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link> can also be used to change the note value of existing notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4240
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probability</emphasis>: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than <option>1.0</option>, a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability <option>1.0</option> will <emphasis>always</emphasis> be played, a note with probability of <option>0.0</option> will <emphasis>never</emphasis> be played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4260
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Drawing with the mouse:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4261
msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and <emphasis>drag</emphasis> over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4268
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Selecting multiple notes:</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4271
msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the <emphasis>mouse wheel</emphasis> for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key for fine adjustments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4253
msgid "<emphasis>Clicking</emphasis> or <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Piano Roll Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4287
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4290
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4295
msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.input\">Input</link> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4298
msgid "While the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4300
msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.notekey\">NoteKey</link> property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4305
msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> will be prepended with e.g. a <option>3x</option> to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> on the note and <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the mouse up or down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:4315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)"
msgstr "Drumkit manager"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4318
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Soundlibrary"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4321
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4326
msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkits</link>, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drumkits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments as well as patterns from other kits and songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4330
msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">corresponding button</link> in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4337
msgid "The list of <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkits</link> comprises kits present at both system and user level as well as those loaded via <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.cli\">command-line option</link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.load_drumkit\">OSC command</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4338
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">System drumkits</emphasis> are those installed with your package manager or when <link linkend=\"chpt.compilation\">compiling</link> Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>, or possibly <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>. These kits are available to all users on the system and you usually have no write access to them which is why you only have read access to the kit's properties and can not delete them. If you want to change one of these kits you have to load it via right click and <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">save</link> it first. This will add a modified copy on user level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4346
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">User drumkits</emphasis> are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) within the <filename role=\"directory\">drumkits</filename> subfolder. When you have created a new drumkit via <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.new\">New</link> in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">Save As</link> from the same menu. In addition, you can also <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.online_import_drumkit\">Online Import</link> a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4354
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for creating songs or drumkits or redistribute existing ones you need to pay special attention to the <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">licenses</link> of the drumkit(s) you are using."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4357
msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the <ulink url=\"hydrogen-music.org\">hydrogen-music.org</ulink> or via any other channel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4362
msgid "To <emphasis role=\"bold\">load a drumkit</emphasis> via the Sound Library, <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> the drumkit and select <parameter>Load</parameter>. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To <emphasis role=\"bold\">load a single instrument</emphasis> from that kit, <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> the <option>▶</option> to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, <emphasis>click</emphasis> and <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4374
msgid "Songs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4376
msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) into the <filename role=\"directory\">songs</filename> subfolder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4390
msgid "This is done automatically when using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.save_pattern\">Save Pattern</link> option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.export_pattern\">Export Pattern</link> via the same Sidebar or <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.export_pattern_as\">Export Pattern As</link> in the Project option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4385
msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) into the <filename role=\"directory\">patterns</filename> subfolder. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4395
msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.properties\">Properties</link> and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:4407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Instrument Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4410
msgid "The Instrument editor General view"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4413
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4418
msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">corresponding button</link> in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4425
msgid "When clicking the <option>General</option> button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link>) selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4430
msgid "It's important that you understand <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">Drumkit Concepts</link> and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the <link linkend=\"glossary\">Glossary</link> in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4436
msgid "Envelope Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4447
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4439
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4452
msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR Envelope</link>. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4457
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.attack\">Attack</link></emphasis>: the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> that the volume of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> goes from <option>0</option> to the full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of the note. If the value is <option>0</option>, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4464
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.decay\">Decay</link></emphasis>: the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> for the volume of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> to go from full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> down to the sustain volume. If the value is <option>0</option>, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> volume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4472
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.sustain\">Sustain</link></emphasis>: the <emphasis>volume</emphasis> to play the note after the <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> phase is over and until the note is released. If set to <option>0</option>, the note will be silent. If set to <option>1.0</option>, the note will play at full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4479
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.release\">Release</link></emphasis>: the <emphasis>time</emphasis> to fade out the note from the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain volume</link> back down to <option>0</option> (silent). If set to <option>0</option>, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to <option>1</option>, it will fade out for the maximum time available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4485
msgid "Note, however, that this only affects notes for which you set a note length smaller than the underlying sample length (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\"/>). All other notes are played back till the end of the sample without reaching the release phase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4497
msgid "All transitions between the individual <abbrev>ADSR</abbrev> phases are done using exponential functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4500
msgid "The <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.attack\">Attack</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.decay\">Decay</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.release\">Release</link> parameters are all set by the number of <link linkend=\"def.sample\">audio samples</link>. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4507
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link> it is in. If the note is sustained, it does <emphasis>not</emphasis> draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gain</link> (volume) parameter during that time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4517
msgid "Gain and Mute Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4531
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4520
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the upper half there is a display showing \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a display with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4536
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.gain\">Gain</link></emphasis> adjusts the overall volume of all <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer</link> and before the one that is set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. If the set to <option>0</option>, the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is <option>1.0</option>, the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4545
msgid "It is very easy to set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> too high, causing your sample to <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clip</link>. Remember to test the Gain with full-<link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4551
msgid "Hydrogen provides more <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.mutegroup\">Mute Groups</link></emphasis> than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (<link linkend=\"def.mute\">muted</link>) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4559
msgid "If the Mute Group is set to <option>Off</option>, then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to <option>1</option>. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to <option>2</option>.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4569
msgid "If the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Auto-Stop-Note</emphasis> box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4571
msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4581
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply Velocity</emphasis> box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> being played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4586
msgid "The note velocity can set it the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">Note Properties Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4591
msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to e.g. the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer gain</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">instrument gain</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">component gain</link>, or the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">instrument volume</link>. (A full list of all contributions can be found in <xref linkend=\"def.gain\"/>). If all the <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layer</link> samples are <link linkend=\"def.normalization\">normalized</link>, this option should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4600
msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4605
msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">select</link> the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4613
msgid "Filter Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4624
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4616
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4629
msgid "The filter used in here is a <link linkend=\"def.lowpassfilter\">low-pass</link> <link linkend=\"def.resonancefilter\">resonance filter</link>. If you don't wish to use is, click the <option>BYP</option> button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The <link linkend=\"def.cutoff\">cutoff</link> parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The <link linkend=\"def.resonance\">resonance</link> parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to <option>0</option>, then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4638
msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob <option>0</option> to <option>1.0</option>) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4658
msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4670
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4661
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: a display showing the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4675
msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis> is the <emphasis>Coarse</emphasis> control and has quantized steps of half-tones from <option>-24</option> to <option>+24</option>. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fine</emphasis> is the <emphasis>Fine</emphasis> control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from <option>-0.50</option> to <option>+0.50</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4685
msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4680
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Random</emphasis> parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> every time it is triggered. The value is set between <option>0</option> and <option>1.0</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4697
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Out Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4708
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4700
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Two displays with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4713
msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages that you can use to trigger any external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> output <emphasis role=\"bold\">Channel</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Note</emphasis> for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4722
msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4728
msgid "By enabling <emphasis role=\"bold\">Use output note as input</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> system</link> tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Note</emphasis> field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4734
msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4745
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4737
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Three displays with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4750
msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4752
msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4755
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pressure Group</emphasis>: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4760
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Range</emphasis>: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from <option>0</option> to <option>20</option>, when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between <option>0</option> and <option>20</option> the closed hi-hat is played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4773 manual.docbook:4827
msgid "Layers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4776
msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4779
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4784
msgid "When clicking the <option>Layers</option> button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and synthesizer parameters of the particular <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> of the instrument selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4788
msgid "Components"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4799
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentName.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4791
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentName.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4813
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentDropDown.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4804
msgid "Right below the <option>General</option> and <option>Layers</option> button you find the name of the currently selected <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link>. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentDropDown.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a <emphasis>left click</emphasis>. Below a separator you can also find three options to <option>add</option> a new component, <option>delete</option> the current one, or <option>rename</option> the current one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4820
msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a <emphasis>all</emphasis> instruments and not just the currently selected one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4830
msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4833
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorLayers.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4838
msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4843
msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as <option>&lt; - &gt;</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4857 manual.docbook:7563 manual.docbook:7588
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4868
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4879 manual.docbook:5045
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4848
msgid "Using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can delete the current layer, and using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/editLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can open the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link> to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4886
msgid "Alternatively you can also <emphasis>double-click</emphasis> the wave display to open the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4892
msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Set auto velocity</emphasis> option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number. Note, however, that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4901
msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4897
msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> will trigger which sample (left: zero velocity, right: maximum velocity). <emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4907
msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">Sample Selection</link> to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it to the desired position."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4912
msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4919
msgid "Sample Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4930
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorSampleSelection.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4922
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> A display titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open show the different choices to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorSampleSelection.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4935
msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4939
msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.layers\">layers</link> with overlapping velocity ranges. <emphasis>How</emphasis> the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample Sel.</emphasis> dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4949
msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4945
msgid "<option>First in Velocity</option>: will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4956
msgid "<option>Round Robin</option>: will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4961
msgid "<option>Random</option>: will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4980
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4972
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Four rotaries with corresponding displays: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorControls.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4987
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Layer Gain</emphasis>: adds <link linkend=\"def.gain\">Gain</link> for the currently selected layer and the associated sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4998
msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strip</link> in the Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4993
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Component Gain</emphasis>: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5005
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis>: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from <option>-24</option> to <option>+24</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5011
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fine</emphasis>: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from <option>-0.50</option> to <option>+0.50</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sample Editor"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5028
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Sample Editor"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5031
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5036
msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Instrument Editor</link> and clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/editLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5053
msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are <emphasis role=\"bold\">non-destructive </emphasis> and are saved <emphasis role=\"bold\">per song</emphasis>. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5063
msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5066
msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5069
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5079
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Start Marker (green)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>S</option> and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5082
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">End Marker (red)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>E</option> and indicates the end of the tweaked sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5085
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Marker (blue)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>L</option> and determines the loop-in point of your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5074
msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"bold\">larger (left) wave display</emphasis> you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5091
msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5096
msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5103
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.start_marker\">Start Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5108
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.loop_marker\">Loop Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5118
msgid "<option>forward</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages the usual way from left to right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5123
msgid "<option>reverse</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages the backwards (from right to left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5128
msgid "<option>ping-pong</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5113
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Mode</emphasis>: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5136
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Count</emphasis>: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back <emphasis>Loop Count + 1</emphasis> times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5141
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">End</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.end_marker\">End Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5146
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Close</emphasis>: exits the Sample Editor."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 1</emphasis> The Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5153
msgid "These values will change if you <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5161
msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">smaller (right) wave display</emphasis> on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a <emphasis role=\"bold\">slider</emphasis> next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5170
msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.apply_changes\">Apply Changes</link> and then the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.play\">Play</link> button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5180
msgid "Pitch Shifting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5183
msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5186
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5191
msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use <emphasis role=\"bold\">Rubber Band</emphasis> - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5194
msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the <command>rubberband cli</command> is configured correctly (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\"/>). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5199
msgid "When <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample length to beat</emphasis> is set to <option>off</option> the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5209
msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5216
msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\">exporting a song</link> all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Main Toolbar</link> has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5205
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample length to beat</emphasis>: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than <option>off</option> the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under <emphasis role=\"bold\">new sample length</emphasis>. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted <emphasis>green</emphasis> if the length is more or less the same, <emphasis>yellow</emphasis> if there are larger changes, and <emphasis>red</emphasis> if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5240
msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.pitch_shift_parameters\">Pitch Shift Parameters</link> in the Instrument Editor and the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.notekey\">NoteKey</link> property of each individual note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5235
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis>: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in <option>semitones,cent</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5246
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crispness</emphasis>: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5255
msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5258
msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5261
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5266
msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5272
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply Changes</emphasis>: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5277
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Play</emphasis>: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5282
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Play original sample</emphasis>: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5287
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">panorama/volume</emphasis>: dropdown specifying whether the <option><link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan(orama)</link></option> or <option>volume</option> of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5293
msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating <link linkend=\"def.envelopegenerator\">envelopes</link> by"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5298
msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5305
msgid "First select <option>volume</option> or <option>panorama</option> in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.dropdown\">dropdown</link> to the right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5310
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to <emphasis>drag</emphasis> an existing one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5315
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Right-clicking</emphasis> will delete a point."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5320
msgid "Hit <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.apply_changes\">Apply Changes</link> to make your changes take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5331
msgid "Mixer"
msgstr "Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5334 manual.docbook:7448
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Mixer"
msgstr "Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5337 manual.docbook:7451
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5342
msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>, by selecting Mixer in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5344
msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>, the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugin Rack</link>, and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link>. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5351
msgid "Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5354
msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5357
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerLineStrip.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5372 manual.docbook:7381 manual.docbook:7637
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5364
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5377
msgid "This is quite handy for checking <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5381
msgid "Right-clicking the button will stop all currently playing notes of the associated instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5385
msgid "This is especially useful when dealing with long samples and <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Auto-Stop Note</link> is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5399
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5391
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Vertical, grey LED-like object. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/led_trigger_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> controller)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5414
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5420
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options.input_mode\">Input mode</link> is set to <option>Instrument</option>, incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> events and <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard keys</link> will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5426
msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_instrument\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev></link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_instrument\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5406
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Horizontal, blue LED-like object. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/item_selected.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5441 manual.docbook:5566 manual.docbook:7403
#: manual.docbook:7429
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5433
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5446
msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5460 manual.docbook:5580 manual.docbook:7392
#: manual.docbook:7416
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5452 manual.docbook:5572
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : solos the instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5465
msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5481
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5471
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer_rotary.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : sets a pan value affecting all notes played using this instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5486
msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">note pan</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Laws</link> in the Mixer please see <xref linkend=\"def.pan\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5501
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5492
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer_knob.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Rack</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5509
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fader</emphasis>: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The display above shows its peak value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5514 manual.docbook:5591
msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the display in the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab of the Appearance tab in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5522
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">Create per-instrument outputs</link> option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.track_output\">Track output</link> option in the same tab as set to <option>Post-Fader</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5525
msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5535
msgid "Component Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5538
msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5541
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/componentMixerLineStrip.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5546
msgid "Right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> there additional strips corresponding to the instrument <link linkend=\"def.component\">components</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5551
msgid "These channels will not be exposed as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports when enabling the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">Create per-instrument outputs</link> option in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5558
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5586
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fader</emphasis>: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The displays shows its peak value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5600
#, fuzzy
msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins"
msgstr "LADSPA plugins"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5603
msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5606
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXRack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5621 manual.docbook:5799 manual.docbook:7367
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5611
msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5627
msgid "It has 4 slots where you can load a <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effect plugin already installed on your system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5632
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>SWH</abbrev>-Plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://plugin.org.uk\">http://plugin.org.uk</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5637
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>CMT</abbrev></emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\">http://www.ladspa.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5641
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>TAP</abbrev></emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://tap-plugins.sf.net\">http://tap-plugins.sf.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5645
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calf plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://calf.sourceforge.net/\">http://calf.sourceforge.net/</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5649
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>LSP</abbrev> plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/\">https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5653
msgid "...."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5628
msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5660
msgid "Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API (<abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev>) is the only plugin format supported by Hydrogen and it is tailored to be used on Linux platforms. On <emphasis role=\"bold\">macOS</emphasis> it's rather easy to get the plugins running as most of their code works on this platform too without any changes. On <emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows</emphasis>, however, things are not that straight forward. As of 2022 there are no packages, bundles, or other applications shipping LADSPA plugins for Windows usable within Hydrogen and you have to compile them from source too. But in contrast to Linux and macOS your have to adopt the codebase first (which is most easily done for the <abbrev>CMT</abbrev> plugins). So, it's possible to use plugins under Windows but, unfortunately, not feasible at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5675
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXEditButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5682
msgid "Select an Effect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5685
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='MixerFXSelect.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5707
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:5695
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactivate\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an display showing the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"LADSPA_FX_Properties.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: manual.docbook:5713
msgid "Plugins Kill"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:5714
msgid "A badly designed <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use and some are just plain better than others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5732
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXBypassButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5738
msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5665
msgid "You can select a plugin using the FX selector opened by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerFXEditButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button. <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters. <_:informalfigure-2/> <_:warning-3/> You can select another plugin by clicking the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Select FX</emphasis> button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Deactivate</emphasis> button (or the Bypass <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerFXBypassButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-4/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5743
msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Return</emphasis> knob in the FX Rack of the mixer to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be added to the master output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5747
msgid "The FX itself lives in an <emphasis>aux</emphasis> channel. This means it's not directly added into the signal path of any instrument line but a copy of the audio output of each of them is sent to the FX for processing instead. The amount of signal - 0 per default - send by each can be controlled using the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">pre-fader FX knobs</link> in the corresponding instrument channel strip. The top left one refers to the top-most FX, the top right one to the second FX and so on. This means, in order to get an all wet signal (none of the original signal but just the processed one enters the mix) of an instrument, you have to ramp up the pre-fader FX knob and set the line's fader to 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5752
msgid "Since the FX signal lives in an aux channel it is neither affected by <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Auto-Stop-Note</link> nor <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Mute Groups</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5760
msgid "Master Fader Strip"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5763
msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5766
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/masterMixerLine.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5771
msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5785
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerMasterMuteButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5776
msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link>, and the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>. The <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerMasterMuteButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the whole output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5811
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerShowPeakButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5791
msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button will show or hide the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Rack</link>, and the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowPeakButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:5819
msgid "Humanization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5821
msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5826
msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.pitch_shift_parameters\">Random Pitch Shift Parameter</link> in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5833
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Velocity</emphasis>: adds a certain randomness to the note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">Note Properties Editor</link>. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5839
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timing</emphasis>: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.lead_and_lag\">Note Properties Editor</link> (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5842
msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5849
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Swing</emphasis>: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5851
msgid "This means for instance when setting the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link> of a pattern to <option>1/16</option> every second note will be affected. If set to <option>1/32</option> instead, every third out of four consecutive notes will be affected. For smaller resolution the swing won't have any effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5854
msgid "Please also notice that the amount of lag depends on the current speed as well. The slower the song, the larger is the offset introduced (it scales with 1/tempo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5863
msgid "In technical terms both for the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Velocity</emphasis> and the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Timing</emphasis> a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:5871
msgid "Mixer Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5883
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5899
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:5890
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5873
msgid "Clicking the <inlinemediaobject id=\"mixerSettingsButton\"> <textobject> <phrase> Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip opens the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pan Law</emphasis> used by Hydrogen Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5905
msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">Resultant Pan</link> and the separate <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gains</link> of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5909
msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5912
msgid "You will find four categories: <option>linear</option>, <option>polar</option>, <option>ratio</option>, <option>quadratic</option>. Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (<emphasis>linear</emphasis>) to the most central (<emphasis>quadratic</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5925
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Balance Law (0dB)</emphasis>: when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5928
msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be <emphasis>louder</emphasis> when the pan knob is at <emphasis>center</emphasis> - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5936
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant Power (-3dB)</emphasis>: the total <emphasis>power</emphasis> (which is proportional to the <emphasis>square</emphasis> of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5939
msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint <emphasis>may</emphasis> give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5947
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant Sum (-6dB)</emphasis>: the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5949
msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear <emphasis>super-position</emphasis> of sound waves (panning a MONO track)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5960
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation)</emphasis>: you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5964
msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5920
msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a <emphasis>constraint</emphasis> between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5972
msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the <emphasis>stereo angle</emphasis>, but the <emphasis>volume</emphasis> only (depending on the pan knob)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5975
msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose <emphasis>before</emphasis> starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the <emphasis>ratio Balance Law</emphasis> by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5983
msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5997
msgid "Director"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:6001
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Director"
msgstr "Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6004
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6010
msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap> or by via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6014
msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>, and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.tag\">Tags</link>. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6022
msgid "This comes in very handy when you are <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Playlist Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:6034
msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6037
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='PlaylistEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6043
#, fuzzy
msgid "Main Window"
msgstr "Menu"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6046
#, fuzzy
msgid "Song List"
msgstr "Song Editor"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6048
msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6053
msgid "Using the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor.menu\">menu</link> you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6058
msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>, by pressing the hotkeys <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.f5\"><keycap>F5</keycap></link> and <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.f6\"><keycap>F6</keycap></link>, or the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.playlist_song\">OSC</link> commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6061
msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6079
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:6072
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"PlaylistEditorControls.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6084
msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of <emphasis role=\"bold\">buttons</emphasis> you already know from the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Control</link> in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6089
msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts\">shortcuts</link> of Hydrogen, like <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.space\"><keycap>Space</keycap></link> for starting/pausing playback, won't work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6097 manual.docbook:6179
msgid "Scripts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6104
msgid "This means that e.g. <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.commands.all_messages\">OSC</link> commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6099
msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add <emphasis role=\"bold\">scripts</emphasis> executed right <emphasis>before</emphasis> the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are <abbrev>BASH</abbrev> scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the <emphasis>exec Script</emphasis> column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:6113
msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6121
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6124
msgid "Playlist"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6128
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add song to Playlist</emphasis>: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6134
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add current song to Playlist</emphasis>: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6140
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove selected song from Playlist</emphasis>: deletes the selected song from the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6146
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New Playlist</emphasis>: creates a new and empty playlist."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6157
msgid "In the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6152
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Playlist</emphasis>: opens an existing playlist (file of type <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link>). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6164
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Playlist</emphasis>: saves all changes done to the current playlist."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + S]</emphasis> = Salva file."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6170
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Playlist as</emphasis>: saves the current playlist into a file (of type <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link>) and location of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6183
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Script to selected song</emphasis>: associates a <abbrev>BASH</abbrev> script (file of type <command>.sh</command>) to the currently selected song of the playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6193
msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6189
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Edit selected Script</emphasis>: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6200
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove selected Script</emphasis>: removes the selected script from the playlist."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6211
msgid "The default one is the <filename role=\"directory\">scripts</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6206
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a new Script</emphasis>: creates a new and empty <command>.sh</command> script at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6224
msgid "MIDI API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6226
msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages. This is either done using the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\">available <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions</link> or using the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.learnable\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>-learnable Widgets</link>, like knobs or faders, both triggered using <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6230
msgid "Before you can work with <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> actions you should have your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System </link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6235
msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events to Hydrogen's <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions. For all other parameters of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> API please see the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System </link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6241
msgid "MIDI Actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:6244
msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6252
msgid "An <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event</emphasis> is an incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message, originating from e.g. a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> controller or an external sequencer. A <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action</emphasis> is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6264 manual.docbook:6285
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/midiSenseButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6255
msgid "You can also define <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> bindings by simply pressing the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Red circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/midiSenseButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event Param.</emphasis> value will now show the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6276
msgid "You can also define a binding without the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Red circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/midiSenseButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button by setting the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event Param.</emphasis> manually to the desired <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6291
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions\">Actions reference</link> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6296
msgid "Events"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6298
msgid "Four types of <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events are available (as described in the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> standard):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6304
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">NOTE</emphasis>: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6308
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">CC</emphasis>: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6312
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MMC_x</emphasis>: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIDI_Machine_Control\"> machine control events</ulink> coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6317
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PROGRAM_CHANGE</emphasis>: usually intended to change the sound of instruments or to select different sound banks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6327
msgid "Actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6330
msgid "Some of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions require that their <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> to be configured. These parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that their values are <emphasis>zero-based</emphasis>. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter <option>0</option> in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> field (<option>1</option> for channel 2, <option>2</option> for channel 3, and so on)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6339
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">&lt;&lt;_PREVIOUS_BAR</emphasis>: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6346
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">&gt;&gt;_NEXT_BAR</emphasis>: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6352
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BEATCOUNTER</emphasis>: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6362
msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6359
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_CC_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is <option>-1</option> (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's <option>1</option> (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6371
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_DECR</emphasis>: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6376 manual.docbook:6388 manual.docbook:6401
msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6384
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE</emphasis>: as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.bpm_cc_relative\"/> but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6396
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_INCR</emphasis>: increases the current tempo by the supplied value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6409
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">EFFECT_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">volume level of an FX</link>. Parameter 1 determines the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> and Parameter 2 specifies the FX the Action will be applied to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6414
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">EFFECT_LEVEL_RELATIVE</emphasis>: same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.effect_level_absolute\"/> but instead mapping the incoming values directly to the FX volume <option>1</option> will increase and all other values will decrease it by 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6420
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: for a value of <option>0</option> it sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Filter Cutoff</link> of the instrument strip specified using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> to <option>0</option>. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6429
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">GAIN_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">Layer Gain</link>. Parameter 1 specifies the instrument, parameter 2 the component, and parameter 3 the layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6434
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link> to the value provided by the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> event times 1.5 and divided by 127."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6438
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link>, relative to its current setting. For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of <option>1</option> it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>0</option>: 0 ,<option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6446
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6450
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: toggles the <link linkend=\"def.mute\">muting</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6455
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of an <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument</link> determined by the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> to the absolute value that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. Incoming values from <option>0</option> to <option>127</option> will be mapped to pan values between -1 and 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6459
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE_SYM</emphasis>: same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.pan_absolute\"/> but supports incoming values from <option>-127</option> to <option>127</option> will be mapped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6463
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of an <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument</link> determined by the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> relative to the current value. For a value of <option>1</option> it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>1</option>: +0.05)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6469
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>: pauses playback."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6473
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PITCH_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.pitch\">Layer Pitch</link>. Parameter 1 specifies the instrument, parameter 2 the component, and parameter 3 the layer. <emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>: pauses playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6479
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY</emphasis>: starts playback."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6483
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.pause\"/> otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6491
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE</emphasis>: works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.stop\"/> otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6498
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG</emphasis>: opens the song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link> corresponding to the song number specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6505
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG</emphasis>: opens the previous song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6512
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_SONG</emphasis>: opens the next song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6519
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link> in the main toolbar)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6527
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_EXIT</emphasis>: deactivates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6534
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_READY</emphasis>: toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link> in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6542
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE</emphasis>: activates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6549
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">REDO_ACTION</emphasis>: redoes the previous undone action."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6555
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN</emphasis>: works as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> combined with <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6562
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_INSTRUMENT</emphasis>: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6572
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link>, playback will be switched to the selected pattern immediately. If it is, instead, in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, playback of the selected pattern will be toggled next time transport is loop again. In case the pattern was already playing, it will be stopped. If not, it will be started."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6575 manual.docbook:6599
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6567
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>: selects the pattern specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6581
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the value of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6586
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the pattern number of the currently selected one plus the value specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6596
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, only the selected pattern will be played back once the transport gets looped again. For <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> this action behaves as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6604
msgid "By providing a number smaller than <option>0</option> or larger than the number of available patterns all playing patterns can be stopped at once without stopping playback itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6591
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>: selects the pattern specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6610
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_only_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the value of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6615
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STOP</emphasis>: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6620
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6625
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6630
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.master_volume_absolute\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6635
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>: see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.master_volume_relative\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6640
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">TAP_TEMPO</emphasis>: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6646
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis>: toggles the metronome."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 14</emphasis> Dettaglio del Mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6651
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNDO_ACTION</emphasis>: undoes the previous action."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6656
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNMUTE</emphasis>: unmutes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6665
msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6667
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events can be mapped to Actions in the dedicated table at the bottom of the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> tab</link> of the Preferences Dialog. For more convenient handling some of these Actions are associated with GUI elements and can directly be mapped to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events by pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> while <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> the widget."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6669
msgid "Such elements are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6672
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume faders</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6675
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">FX volume knobs</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6678
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan rotaries</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6681
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6685
msgid "A 'Waiting for <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6690
msgid "If the element that does not support <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> automation, a different popup will inform you."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6698
msgid "OSC API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6699
msgid "Open Sound Control (<abbrev>OSC</abbrev>) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6709
msgid "Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6711
msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program <command>oscsend</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: manual.docbook:6717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song</command>\n"
"       "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6722
msgid "To enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> support in Hydrogen, open the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.osc_tab\">OSC</link> tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6730
msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to <option>9000</option> for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by <command>liblo</command> package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:6736
msgid "<command>oscsend</command> should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> server. If the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> feedback</emphasis> option in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.osc_tab\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev></link> tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every <command>oscsend</command> command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using <command>oscsend</command> is fine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6744
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6747
msgid "Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6749
msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: manual.docbook:6751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT</command>\n"
"         "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6755
msgid "with the supported types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6757
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">' '</emphasis>: no argument required"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6758
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: int32"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6759
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">f</emphasis>: float32"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6760
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">s</emphasis>: <abbrev>OSC</abbrev>-string (ASCII)"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 9</emphasis> Salva drumkit."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6763
msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6767
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">ff</emphasis>: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6772
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">' ',[f]</emphasis>: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support <command>TouchOSC</command> all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets <emphasis>[f]</emphasis> to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6781
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[0,]</emphasis>: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the <emphasis>range</emphasis> column. For continuous values squared brackets <emphasis>[LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT]</emphasis> are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6789
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">{-1;0;1}</emphasis>: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon <emphasis>{VALUE;...}</emphasis> and usually feature the most convenient input options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6795
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.0</emphasis>: also in order to support <command>TouchOSC</command> all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the <emphasis>range</emphasis> column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6802
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">X</emphasis>: all commands ending with a <emphasis>/X/</emphasis> require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. <command>oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3</command>. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6814
msgid "All Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:6817
msgid "All <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6824
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6825
msgid "type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6826
msgid "range"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6827
msgid "description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6832
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6833 manual.docbook:6839 manual.docbook:6845
#: manual.docbook:6852 manual.docbook:6862 manual.docbook:6870
#: manual.docbook:6876 manual.docbook:6882 manual.docbook:6888
#: manual.docbook:6894 manual.docbook:6900 manual.docbook:6969
#: manual.docbook:6977 manual.docbook:7007 manual.docbook:7013
#: manual.docbook:7019 manual.docbook:7110 manual.docbook:7116
#: manual.docbook:7122 manual.docbook:7128 manual.docbook:7162
#: manual.docbook:7188 manual.docbook:7200 manual.docbook:7206
msgid "' ',[f]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6835
msgid "Starts playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6838
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6841
msgid "Stops playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6844
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STOP</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6847
msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6851
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6854
msgid "Works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.pause\"/> otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6861
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6864
msgid "Works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.stop\"/> otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6869
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_READY</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6872
msgid "Toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link>) if the playback has not started yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6875
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6878
msgid "Toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6881
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6884
msgid "Activates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6887
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_EXIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6890
msgid "Deactivates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6893
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEXT_BAR</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6896
msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6899
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PREVIOUS_BAR</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6902
msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6905
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6906 manual.docbook:6914 manual.docbook:6925
#: manual.docbook:6932 manual.docbook:6941 manual.docbook:6950
#: manual.docbook:6959 manual.docbook:6985 manual.docbook:7000
#: manual.docbook:7025 manual.docbook:7031 manual.docbook:7041
#: manual.docbook:7052 manual.docbook:7063 manual.docbook:7069
#: manual.docbook:7078 manual.docbook:7104 manual.docbook:7134
#: manual.docbook:7141 manual.docbook:7148 manual.docbook:7155
#: manual.docbook:7168 manual.docbook:7225
msgid "f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6907 manual.docbook:6926 manual.docbook:6933
#: manual.docbook:7001 manual.docbook:7105 manual.docbook:7169
msgid "[0,]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6908
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>, switch to pattern <emphasis>f</emphasis>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6913
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6916
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, play back pattern <emphasis>f</emphasis> and stop all other patterns currently playing. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> this action behaves like <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_next_pattern\"/>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6924
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6927
msgid "Works as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_next_pattern\"/> combined with <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6931
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RELOCATE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6934
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, locates the playhead to pattern number <emphasis>f</emphasis>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6940
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6943
msgid "Sets the current tempo to <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6949
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_DECR</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6952
msgid "Decreases the current tempo by <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6958
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_INCR</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6961
msgid "Increases the current tempo by <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and <emphasis>Tempo Marker</emphasis> has been passed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6968
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BEATCOUNTER</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6971
msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6976
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TAP_TEMPO</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6979
msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6984
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6986
msgid "{0,1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6987
msgid "Activates the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> if <emphasis>f</emphasis> is not zero and deactivates it otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6991
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6992 manual.docbook:7231
msgid "ff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6993
msgid "[0,] [10,400]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6994
msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6999
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7002
msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar <emphasis>f</emphasis> on the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7006
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7009
msgid "<link linkend=\"def.mute\">Mutes</link> the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7012
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNMUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7015
msgid "Unmutes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7018
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7021
msgid "Toggles the muting of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7024
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7026 manual.docbook:7042
msgid "[0.0,1.5]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7027
msgid "Sets the volume of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master fader</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7030
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7032 manual.docbook:7053
msgid "{-1;0;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7033
msgid "Changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link>, relative to the current setting. For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of <option>1</option> it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 ,<option>0</option>: 0 ,<option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7040
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7043
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_absolute\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> provided in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command path as <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Please not that this only affects <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. Strip volume control for <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> is not implemented yet)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7051
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7054
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_relative\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> provided in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command path as <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Please not that this only affects <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. Strip volume control for <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> is not implemented yet)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7062
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7064
msgid "[0.0,1.0]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7065
msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip <emphasis>X</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7068
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_RELATIVE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7070
msgid "{-1;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7071
msgid "Changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>, relative to the current value. For a value of <option>1</option> it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7077
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7079
msgid "[0,127]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7080
msgid "For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Filter Cutoff</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis> to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7087
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7088 manual.docbook:7096
msgid "'',[f]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7090
msgid "Toggles muting of <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Optional input argument will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7095
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7098
msgid "Toggles soloing of <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Optional input argument will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7103
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7106
msgid "Opens song <emphasis>f</emphasis> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7109
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7112
msgid "Opens the next song in the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7115
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7118
msgid "Opens the previous song in the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7121
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNDO_ACTION</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7124
msgid "Undoes the previous action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7127
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">REDO_ACTION</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7130
msgid "Redoes the previous undone action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7133
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7135 manual.docbook:7142 manual.docbook:7149
#: manual.docbook:7156
msgid "{0;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7136
msgid "Deactivated the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport</link> support for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7140
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7143
msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.bbt\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and registers it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7147
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7150
msgid "Deactivated <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7154
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7157
msgid "Deactivated <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">looped playback</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7161
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7164
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">metronome</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7167
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_INSTRUMENT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7170
msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7173
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEW_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7174 manual.docbook:7181 manual.docbook:7194
#: manual.docbook:7212 manual.docbook:7218
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7176
msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7180
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">OPEN_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7183
msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7187
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7190
msgid "Saves the current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7193
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_SONG_AS</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7196
msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7199
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_PREFERENCES</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saves the preferences."
msgstr "Preferences dialog"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7205
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">QUIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7208
msgid "Exits Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7211
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEW_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7214
msgid "Creates an empty pattern of name <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7217
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">OPEN_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7220
msgid "Opens an existing pattern at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7224
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">REMOVE_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7227
msgid "Removes pattern number <emphasis>f</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7230
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SONG_EDITOR_TOGGLE_GRID_CELL</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7233
msgid "Toggles a pattern in the pattern grid of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>. The first argument will be used as column and the second as row."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7236
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">LOAD_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7237 manual.docbook:7249
msgid "s,sf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7239
msgid "Loads a drumkit into the current song. <emphasis>s</emphasis> can be either the name of a drumkit already present in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library Editor</link> or an absolute path pointing to an extracted drumkit folder (containing both <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> file as well as all required samples). The second argument is optional and specifies whether (<option>0</option>) or not (any other value) instruments of the old kit should be kept in case newly loaded one has less and there are note present for that particular instrument in a pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7242
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">EXTRACT_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7243 manual.docbook:7255
msgid "s,ss"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7245
msgid "Inflates a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed drumkit</link> found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> (first argument). The second argument specifies the target path to extract the kit to. It's optional and if omitted the kit will be extracted into Hydrogen's user drumkit folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7248
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">VALIDATE_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7251
msgid "Validates a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed</link> or inflated drumkit found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> against the current drumkit format. When setting the second arguent to <option>1</option> the kit will be validated against all former drumkit definitions as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7254
#, fuzzy
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UPGRADE_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7257
msgid "Upgrades a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed</link> or inflated drumkit found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> to the latest drumkit format. The second argument specifies the target path to upgraded kit will be stored in. It's optional and if omitted the kit will be upgraded inplace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:7268
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7271
msgid "A New Song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7273
#, fuzzy
msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical <xref linkend=\"part.using_hydrogen\"/> of this document for a more detailed overview."
msgstr "Questa sezione dara' alcune indicazioni di massima sull'uso di Hydrogen. Riferirsi al tutorial per una guida piu' approfondita."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode"
msgstr "Modalita' song e modalita' pattern"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7281
msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern mode</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>. When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In <emphasis>Song Mode</emphasis> the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7290
#, fuzzy
msgid "A New Pattern"
msgstr "Creazione pattern"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/16</option>, you can't go back to <option>1/8</option> and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/8</option> and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose <option>off</option> from the Grid Resolution combo box in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). <emphasis role=\"bold\">Be sure to select the correct pattern in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!</emphasis>"
msgstr "Partiremo da una canzone vuota con un pattern vuoto creato di default dal programma (Fig. 12); assicuriamoci che la modalita' di esecuzione sia impostata su \"pattern\". E' possibile modificare il nome del pattern. Adesso clicchiamo sul pulsante di \"Play\" e e mentre il nuovo pattern sara' in esecuzione aggiungiamo le note nella griglia del Song Editor (Fig. 13). Le note vengono inserite e cancellate dalla griglia semplicemente cliccando col tasto sinistro del mouse sulla nota interessata. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Assicuriamoci di selezionare il pattern giusto nel Song Editor prima di inserire le note nel Pattern Editor!</emphasis> Notare anche che se per esempio si riempie un pattern di sedicesimi e poi si imposta una risoluzione minore, le note \"fuori scala\" non possono essere cancellate."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7291
msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> should be selected by default. Now let's click on the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link>, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> in the grid of the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> (see <xref linkend=\"fig.pattern_editor.2\"/>). Adjust the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">grid resolution</link> and <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">tempo</link> if needed. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7325
#, fuzzy
msgid "The Pattern Editor"
msgstr "Pattern Editor"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7328
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7335
#, fuzzy
msgid "A New Sequence"
msgstr "Creazione sequenza"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Once patterns are created (<xref linkend=\"fig.insert_patterns\"/>), we can copy/paste/delete them using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\">Select Mode</link>."
msgstr "Una volta creati i pattern, per copiarli/cancellarli e posizionarli correttamente nella struttura della canzone (Fig. 13) e' sufficiente utilizzare la funzione di trascinamento del mouse attivabile nel Song Editor (tenere premuto il tasto sinistro per selezionare i pattern)"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7342
msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7345
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7352
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjust from the Mixer"
msgstr "Operazioni sul mixer"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Of course we can always use the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window, either when creating or playing patterns."
msgstr "Ovviamente in qualsiasi momento e' possibile aprire ed utilizzare la finestra del mixer (Fig. 14), sia durante la fase di creazione dei pattern, sia durante l'esecuzione delle sequenze."

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:7439
msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7357
msgid "The Mixer (see <xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/>) is made of a number independent <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> and a <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button to show and hide the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugin Rack</link>. Every line features 3 buttons ( <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> , simply <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mute</link> <emphasis>that</emphasis> instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of <option>0.0</option> and <option>1.0</option> (in <xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/> you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see <xref linkend=\"chpt.mixer\"/>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7458
msgid "Create a New Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7461
msgid "Creating a New Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7462
msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">conceptional design of a drumkit</link> first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7467
msgid "Creating a <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.new\">new drumkit</link> with Hydrogen is done with the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link>. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:7472
msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.open\">open</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.online_import_drumkit\">download</link> an existing one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7477
msgid "Let's make a brand new drum kit:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7479
msgid "in the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link> select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Drumkits</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Instruments</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add instrument</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and to delete one, <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> a instrument and select <emphasis>Delete Instrument</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7495
msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> on the name of the instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link>. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7501
msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Drumkits</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to <emphasis>overwrite</emphasis> an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7514
msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the <filename class=\"directory\">data</filename> directory (i.e. <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7520
msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Drumkits</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7535
msgid "Creating a New Instrument"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7537
msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to <xref linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7541
msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Instruments</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add instrument</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will give you a blank instrument to start from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7548
msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the <filename class=\"directory\">data/drumkits</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7553
msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Layers</link>. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of the incoming note. Click <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and point the <emphasis>Audio File Browser</emphasis> to your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7569
msgid "The <emphasis>Audio File Browser</emphasis> will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7577
msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a <guilabel>1</guilabel> at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> to bring in another sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7594
msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the <emphasis>first</emphasis> sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the <emphasis>velocity</emphasis> ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a <emphasis>left-right drag</emphasis> cursor. Now <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7602
msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">Sample Selection</link> for further info)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7607
msgid "Now, in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link>, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">Note Properties Editor</link> so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">loop</link> and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see <xref linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7614
msgid "For each layer, you can set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> and the <guibutton>Pitch</guibutton>. The pitch also has a <guibutton>Fine</guibutton> adjustment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7618
msgid "Use the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Gain</link> adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7627
msgid "It is very easy to set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> too high, causing your sample to <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clip</link>. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7644
msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The <guibutton>Pitch</guibutton> knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, <option>-12</option> is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7650
msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down <option>12</option> (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7657
msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7662
msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7664
msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7668
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Turn down the gain.</emphasis> Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a <emphasis>gain stage</emphasis>. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7676
msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7681
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test samples at full velocity.</emphasis> Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (<emphasis>Hint: <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>.</emphasis>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7687
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Try to use samples that are -6 dB max.</emphasis> Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7692
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove all DC offsets from the sample.</emphasis> In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7702
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">The ADSR will not be longer than your sample.</emphasis> If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7707
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Things change with the sample rate.</emphasis> If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things <emphasis>will</emphasis> change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7716
msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7727
msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:7738
msgid "Appendix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7741
msgid "Licensing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7743
msgid "No one of us is a lawyer and all information found in this section should be taken with a grain of salt and come with no warranty. But we try our best to condense information we found online."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7748
msgid "When <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\">exporting a song</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">saving</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_drumkit\">exporting</link> a drumkit you are reusing and/or redistributing licensed sound samples. Thus you are legally obliged to comply with every license hold by the samples you used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7751
msgid "In this chapter we cover how Hydrogen can help you handle and manage the licenses involved and what the most common ones do imply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7756
msgid "Our custom data types <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link> do not contain any samples and are not affected by the issues described in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7762
msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> assume that it is a <ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/about/cclicenses/\">Creative Commons (CC)</ulink> or other open and free license."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7769
msgid "License Parsing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7771
msgid "Hydrogen does display some info dialogs in case any of the used samples holds a copyleft license, like <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> or <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.GPL\"/>, holds one that require an attribution of the copyright holder (as CC BY* licenses do), or you are mixing different licenses during drumkit saving or export. But all this is only possible if the licenses of the involved drumkits are correctly parsed (and are one of the supported <link linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses\">common licenses</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7774
msgid "You can access and alter the license of the drumkit used in the current song via <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.properties\">Drumkits &gt; Properties</link> in the main menu or the license of a stock kit via the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library.drumkits\">Sound Library</link>. In addition, you can view all licenses of the contained samples which is especially helpful when mixing instruments of different drumkits in the current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7779
msgid "Dialog to view and alter the Properties of a Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7782
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/soundLibraryPropertiesDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7788
msgid "Samples loaded directly into Hydrogen using the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.layers\">Layer section of the Instrument Editor</link> are not associated to any drumkit until you <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">save</link> it and will be handled as if they are unlicensed. Please take extra care of checking which licenses they are distributed with and what implication their presence has for your song/drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:7795 manual.docbook:7805
msgid "Common Licenses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7797
msgid "By default all copyrights of your creative work belongs to you - its creator. But you are obliged to comply with the licenses of the samples you used to create it. In this section you find a list and some short description of the licenses most commonly encountered in Hydrogen drumkits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7800
msgid "Also, you are free to abstain from some or all rights by licensing your work with e.g. one of the licenses provided by Creative Commons (CC). This allows other people to reuse it more easily and in a legally secure way and helps the audio community to prosper."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7811
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7812 manual.docbook:7899
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7817
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/\">CC0</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7818
msgid "The creator choose to give up her copyright and you are free to use, modify, distribute etc. the samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7821
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/\">CC BY</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7822
msgid "You are free to use, modify, distribute etc. the samples but you are obliged to give attribution to the creator. This can be done in e.g. the info property of the new drumkit or in the liner notes of the song you created by reusing the samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7825
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/\">CC BY-NC</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7826
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7829
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/\">CC BY-SA</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7830
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are obliged to license your work as CC BY-SA as well. This means <emphasis>you have to give the general public permission to modify, redistribute, reuse, and sell it without being able to require them to give royalty to you</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7833
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/\">CC BY-NC-SA</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7834
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7837
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/\">CC BY-ND</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7838
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are not allowed to alter the material and can only use or distribute them in unadapted form."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7841
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/\">CC BY-NC-ND</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7842
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_ND\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7845
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.html\">GPL</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7846
msgid "License similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> but targeted on usage with software instead of creative content. It is discouraged to license your newly created drumkit using this license since it's not clear whether it actually can be legally applied to audio samples. Instead, it's recommanded to stick to the Creative Commons (CC) ones covered above. However, most of the drumkits available in Hydrogen <emphasis>are</emphasis> licensed as GPL and require you to adopt this license too in case you reuse their samples. It's a bit of an unpleasant situation but grew naturally. Most importantly, <emphasis>this license also obliges you to make your product (drumkit/music) available for free!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7849
msgid "All rights reserved"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7850
msgid "You are not allowed to modify, reuse, or distribute the samples without asking the copyright holder for permission first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7859
msgid "Used File Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7861
msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7866
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2pattern</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7871
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2song</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are groups of patterns managed using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>, groups of instruments comprising the current drumkit and managed via the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link>, as well as all states not already covered by the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7876
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2playlist</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7880
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2drumkit</emphasis>: a compressed folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and the description <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> storing the kit's structure and parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7884
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2theme</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing all preferences available in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab\">Appearance</link> tab of the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7890
msgid "Shortcut Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:7892
msgid "Shortcut Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7898
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7904
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>N</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7905
msgid "New Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7908
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>O</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7909
msgid "Open File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7912
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7913
msgid "Open Demo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7916
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>S</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7917
msgid "Save Song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7920
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>S</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7921
msgid "Save Song as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7924
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>P</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7925
msgid "Export Pattern as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7928
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7929
msgid "Export MIDI file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7932
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>E</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7933
msgid "Export Song (see <xref linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7936
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>L</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7937
msgid "Export LilyPond file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7940
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Q</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7941
msgid "Quit Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7944
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Z</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7945
msgid "Undo an action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7948
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>Z</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7949
msgid "Redo an action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7952
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7953
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7956
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7957
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7960
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>I</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7961
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Instrument Rack</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7964
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>A</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7965
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7968
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>F</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7969
msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7972
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>I</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7973
msgid "Set <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">Input mode</link> to <option>Instrument</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7976
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7977
msgid "Set <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">Input mode</link> to <option>Drumkit</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7980
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>P</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7981
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7984
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>?</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7985
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Manual"
msgstr "Hydrogen Manual"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7988
msgid "<keycap>Backspace</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7989
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[Backspace]</emphasis> = Ricomincia la canzone o il pattern da capo."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7992
msgid "<keycap>Space</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7993
msgid "Play / Pause"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7996
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7997
msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8000
msgid "<keycap>,</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8001
msgid "Use the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8004
msgid "<keycap>\\</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8005
msgid "Use <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8008
msgid "<keycap>+</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8009
msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8012
msgid "<keycap>-</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8013
msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8016
msgid "<keycap>F5</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8017
msgid "Jump to previous song in <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8020
msgid "<keycap>F6</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8021
msgid "Jump to next song in <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8024
msgid "<keycap>F9</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8025
msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8028
msgid "<keycap>F10</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8029
msgid "Jump to next bar in the song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8032
msgid "<keycap>F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8033
msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/title
#: manual.docbook:8042
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/para
#: manual.docbook:8044
msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8057
msgid "ADSR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8059
msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">Attack</link>, <link linkend=\"def.decay\">Decay</link>, <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">Sustain</link>, and <link linkend=\"def.release\">Release</link> parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8067
msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">attack</link> phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>. After reaching full velocity, the volume will <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> until it reaches the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level. When the note is <link linkend=\"def.release\">released</link>, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8076
msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8079
msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ADSR_envelope\">ADSR Envelope</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8092
msgid "Attack"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8094
msgid "This is the first phase of an <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link> envelope. It represents the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8103
msgid "Attenuation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8105
msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8115
msgid "Band-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8117
msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8130
msgid "Clipping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8132
msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8137
msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8143
msgid "Component"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8145
msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:8159
msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:8162
msgid "In addition, all <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> in the Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8150
msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8171
msgid "Cutoff Frequency"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8173
msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8178
msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8195
msgid "Decay"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8197
msgid "After the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">attack</link> phase, this is the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> for the volume of a note to decrease from full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8206
msgid "DC-offset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8208
msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8209
msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when <link linkend=\"def.normalization\">normalized</link> (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8222
msgid "Envelope Generator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8224
msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8230
msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8232
msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8243
msgid "Fader"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8245
msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8252
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8254
msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8267
msgid "Gain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8269
msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8271
msgid "In Hydrogen there is a plethora of different ways to affect the volume of the resulting sound. Each single note rendered to audio will contain contributions of"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8279
msgid "Its individual <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">Note Velocity</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8285
msgid "Its individual <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">Note Pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8291
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">Layer Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8297
msgid "The <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">Sustain</link> value of its instrument's <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8304
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8309
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Instrument Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8315
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8320
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">Component Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8326
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8331
msgid "Velocity contributions by the <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link> when played in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8337
msgid "Random contributions introduced by <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Velocity Humanization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8343
msgid "The overall <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Song Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8348
msgid "Further modifications of the note's audio can be applied using the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Low-Pass Resonance Filter</link>, and <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugins</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8360
msgid "High-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8362
msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8373
msgid "Instrument"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8375
msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8386
msgid "Layer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8388
msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a <emphasis role=\"bold\">layer</emphasis>), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8393
msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will <emphasis>not</emphasis> sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8405
msgid "Low-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8407
msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8418
msgid "Mute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8420
msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8426
msgid "Mute Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8428
msgid "A group of instruments (<link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link>) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be <link linkend=\"def.mute\">muted</link> (stop playing) immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8430
msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8444
msgid "Normalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8446
msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gain</link> to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8454
msgid "Octave"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8456
msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8459
msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they <emphasis>sound</emphasis> like the same distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8470
msgid "Pan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8472
msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:8482
msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:8485
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8475
msgid "The effect of <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">note Pan</link> depends on the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument Pan</link> knob, which is set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Mixer</link>. Look to next figure to see how the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Resultant Pan</emphasis> is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> value moves the <emphasis>Resultant Pan</emphasis> in a smaller pan range centered at <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis>, whose extension depends on <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> value. Some examples: if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is central, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is sided, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis>; if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is HARD-sided, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> doesn't have any effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8501
msgid "The way the <emphasis>Resultant Pan</emphasis> will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Law</link> in the Mixer settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8513
msgid "Release"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8515
#, fuzzy
msgid "The amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> to reduce the volume of a note from the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level to 0."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 8</emphasis> Carica un drumkit. Scegliere fra quelli installati."

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8524
msgid "Resonance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8526
msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8535
msgid "Resonance Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8537
msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8551
msgid "Roll-off"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8553
msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8556
msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8573
msgid "Sample"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8575
msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8581
msgid "Sustain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8583
msgid "The <emphasis>level</emphasis> (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> and the <link linkend=\"def.release\">release</link>. It is given as percentage of the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> and does not depend on time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8595
msgid "Velocity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8597
msgid "How hard you hit a note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8599
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back."
msgstr ""

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Single Pattern Mode"
#~ msgstr "Impostatzione modalita' Pattern/Song."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Edit</emphasis>: loads an audio file."
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Selezionate un effetto."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon color</emphasis>:"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selected colors</emphasis>:"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Il mixer"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">EFFECTx_LEVEL_RELATIVE</emphasis>: <_:warning-1/>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">GAIN_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: <_:warning-1/>"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + O]</emphasis> = Apre file."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The names of the instruments depend on the drumkit that is loaded. This table below refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default."
#~ msgstr "Notare che il nome dello strumento dipende dal drumkit caricato. Questa lista riferisce al GMkit caricato di default. La posizione dello strumento, tuttavia, e' sempre la stessa."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The latest stable version of hydrogen is available as a tarball at <ulink url=\"http://www.hydrogen-music.org/?p=download\">http://www.hydrogen-music.org</ulink>."
#~ msgstr "L'ultima versione stabile di Hydrogen e' disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink url=\"http://hydrogen.sourceforge.net\">http://hydrogen.sourceforge.net</ulink> oppure <ulink url=\"http://hydrogen-music.org\">http://hydrogen-music.org</ulink>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "It is possible to download the latest source files directly from our subversion server with: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <command>svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/trunk</command></screen> A certain release can be fetched with: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <command>svn co http://svn.assembla.com/svn/hydrogen/tags/0.9.3</command></screen>"
#~ msgstr "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.hydrogen.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/hydrogen co hydrogen</command>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "qt (&gt;= 4.0) at <ulink url=\"http://www.trolltech.com\"/>"
#~ msgstr "qt (>= 3.2) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.trolltech.com\">http://www.trolltech.com</ulink>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "lash at <ulink url=\"http://lash.nongnu.org\"/> (only if you wish to use lash)"
#~ msgstr "ALSA (>= 1.x) reperibili presso <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.com\">http://www.alsa-project.com</ulink> (se si vuole usare i driver ALSA pert l'output audio)"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Decompress the tarball or go to the directory where the subversion copy was checked out: <screen>\n"
#~ "\t<prompt>$</prompt> <command>cd hydrogen-*</command>\n"
#~ "\t<prompt>$</prompt> <command>scons</command>\n"
#~ "\t<prompt>$</prompt> <command>su -c \"scons install\"</command>\n"
#~ "\t\t    </screen>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>cd hydrogen-*</command>\n"
#~ "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>./configure</command>\n"
#~ "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>make</command>\n"
#~ "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>su -c \"make install\"</command>"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">CoreAudio</emphasis>: a driver for Mac OS X (experimental)"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 4</emphasis> La linguetta Audio System."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The Audio Engine Info Window"
#~ msgstr "Audio engine info"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis>Instrument rack</emphasis> - Open the instrument rack panel."
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 13</emphasis> Stiamo inserendo note nel pattern"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis>debug action - </emphasis> Insert debug commands."
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 10</emphasis> Importa un drumkit."

#~ msgid "The main toolbar"
#~ msgstr "La toolbar principale"

#~ msgid "Main controls to start <emphasis role=\"bold\">[Hotkey = Spacebar]</emphasis>, stop, fast forward, rewind, loop a song or a pattern."
#~ msgstr "Controlli principali per far partire <emphasis role=\"bold\">[Hotkey = barra spaziatrice]</emphasis>, fermare, scorrere avanti e indietro oppure eseguire continuamente un pattern o una canzione."

#~ msgid "Set speed of playing (range: 30-400 bpm) <emphasis role=\"bold\">[Hotkey = mouse wheel]</emphasis> and button to enable/disable metronome"
#~ msgstr "Imposta la velocita' di esecuzione (range: 30-400 bpm) <emphasis role=\"bold\">[Hotkey = rotella del mouse]</emphasis> e bottone per attivare/disattivare il metronomo"

#~ msgid "Shows CPU load."
#~ msgstr "Mostra il carico sulla CPU."

#~ msgid "Shows MIDI events."
#~ msgstr "Mostra l'input MIDI."

#~ msgid "Click to enable Jack transport: Hydrogen will work as 'slave' with another 'master' program (e.g. Ardour). This applet is only available if Jack Audio Driver is selected."
#~ msgstr "Cliccare per selezionare la funzione di Jack Transport: Hydrogen funzionera' come 'slave' con un altro programma 'master' (es. Ardour). Questa applet appare solo se il driver audio Jack e' selezionato."

#~ msgid "Other useful keybindings (not customizable for the moment):"
#~ msgstr "Altre utili scorciatoie da tastiera (non modificabili al momento):"

#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + S]</emphasis> = Save File"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[CTRL + S]</emphasis> = Salva file."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The Song Editor comes with 7 buttons:"
#~ msgstr "XXX"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)."
#~ msgstr "Completely delete all patterns (asks for confirmation!)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)."
#~ msgstr "Create a new pattern (and asks for a name)."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move currently selected pattern up or down."
#~ msgstr "Move currently selected pattern up or down."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Enable selecting patterns for copy &amp; paste (Select Mode)."
#~ msgstr "Enable selecting patterns for copy &amp; paste."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> Enable Draw Mode."
#~ msgstr "Enable add/remove patterns."

#~ msgid "Under these buttons there is a list of patterns created and when they will played (each square == 1 bar). Click on an squarebox to add or cancel the pattern. Clicking on right mouse button over the name of a pattern will bring up a menu to change name of the pattern or to allow copying/deleting it. Patterns with very same name are not allowed."
#~ msgstr "Sotto i bottoni c'e' la lista dei pattern creati posizionati nel punto della canzone in cui verranno eseguiti (una casella == una battuta). Cliccare su una casella per aggiungere il pattern o eliminarlo. Cliccare col tasto destro del mouse sul nome del pattern fara' apparire un menu a tendina da cui si puo' modificarne il nome oppure eliminare. Non sono ammessi pattern con nomi identici."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The \"Pattern Editor\" frame (<xref linkend=\"fig.pattern_editor\"/>) lets us create or modify the pattern (bar) which is being played, or add/remove notes and tune intensity as well. On the higher-left side you find a pair of LCD screens: the first one lets you choose the size of a pattern while the second represents the current grid resolution (4 through 64). Selecting an instrument which has at least one note in the pattern will show a few vertical bars (one per note) on the lowest part of this frame. Those frame shows the so called \"note properties\". This are special properties which can be set for every single note. Hydrogen knows of 3 Properties: Velocity, Pan and Lead/Lag. Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm."
#~ msgstr "La finestra \"Pattern Editor\" (Fig. 2) ci permette di creare o modificare il pattern in esecuzione, aggiungere o togliere note e regolarne l'intensita'. In altro a sinistra troviamo una coppia di display LCD; il primo permette di selezionare il pattern da visualizzare nel Song Editor (scegliendo fra quelli gia' creati) mentre il secondo permette di modificare la risoluzione agevolando l'immissione di nuove note: e' possibile settare la griglia per 4, 8, 16, 32 o 64 colpi per battuta e i rispettivi ritmi terzinati indicati con 4T, 8T, 16T e 32T. Si puo' anche selezionare il numero di battute effettivamente suonate tramite l'apposito menu (da 1 a 8). Selezionando uno strumento che abbia almeno una nota sullo schermo fara' apparire in basso delle barre verticali da cui regolare quanto 'piano' o 'forte' battere quel colpo. Il pulsante <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_hear_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> (hear new notes) serve per ascoltare i suoni man mano che vengono immessi. Infine si possono spostare gli strumenti nella sequenza tramite gli appositi pulsanti <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_updown.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> . E' disponbibile un'utile funzione di \"Quantize\" contrassegnata dal pulsante <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_quant_over.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> che permette alle note inserite di posizionarsi automaticamente secondo la griglia impostata."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Each instrument has its own set of features accessible right-clicking with your mouse on it; <quote><emphasis role=\"bold\">Fill/Clear notes</emphasis></quote> fills or deletes every note of that instrument in the current pattern (remember that filling a pattern is always relative to the grid resolution set) and finally <quote><emphasis role=\"bold\">Randomize velocity</emphasis></quote> automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more hydrogen will hit <quote>hard</quote> on that instrument when played."
#~ msgstr "XXX"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Also, you can set new beats clicking on <placeholder-1/> which enables direct input by MIDI events or by keyboard according to the following map key=instrument:"
#~ msgstr "Si possono anche aggiungere nuovi colpi cliccando su <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_record_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> che attiva l'inserimento diretto tramite MIDI o tastiera secondo il seguente schema tasto=strumento:"

#~ msgid "X = Snare Jazz"
#~ msgstr "X = Snare Jazz"

#~ msgid "C = Snare Rock"
#~ msgstr "C = Snare Rock"

#~ msgid "V = Tom Low"
#~ msgstr "V = Tom Low"

#~ msgid "B = Tom Mid"
#~ msgstr "B = Tom Mid"

#~ msgid "N = Tom Hi"
#~ msgstr "N = Tom Hi"

#~ msgid "Q = Ride Jazz"
#~ msgstr "Q = Ride Jazz"

#~ msgid "W = Ride Rock"
#~ msgstr "W = Ride Rock"

#~ msgid "E = Instrument No. 17 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "E = Strumento No. 17 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "R = Instrument No. 18 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "R = Strumento No. 18 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "T = Instrument No. 20 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "T = Strumento No. 20 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "Y = Instrument No. 22 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "Y = Strumento No. 22 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "U = Instrument No. 24 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "U = Strumento No. 24 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "J = Open HH"
#~ msgstr "J = Open HH"

#~ msgid "3 = Crash Jazz"
#~ msgstr "3 = Crash Jazz"

#~ msgid "5 = Instrument No. 19 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "5 = Strumento No. 19 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "6 = Instrument No. 21 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "6 = Strumento No. 21 (non assegnato)"

#~ msgid "7 = Instrument No. 23 (currently not assigned)"
#~ msgstr "7 = Strumento No. 23 (non assegnato)"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The Mixer frame (<xref linkend=\"fig.mixer\"/>) is useful for tuning a global or single volume of the current drumkit. It shows the current peak (click on <placeholder-1/> to disable, useful on old CPUs) and let you set the maximum peak allowed (tune with the fader knob of the instrument), lets you modify attributes like pan, play solo <placeholder-2/> , mute <placeholder-3/> or test play only that instrument <placeholder-4/> ; selecting in the Pattern Editor an instrument causes a blue LED to light on (near the play button). Near the global volume knob, you can set 3 global effect such a swing (shifts a few notes back or forward not randomly), timing (modify timings of the notes) and humanize effect (random velocity editing)."
#~ msgstr "La finestra del mixer (Fig. 3) torna utile per settare un volume singolo o globale del drumkit corrente. Mostra il picco corrente dello strumento (cliccare su <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/showPeaks_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> per disabilitarlo, risparmia qualcosa sulle vecchie CPU), permette di impostare il picco massimo (con l'apposita manetta a scorrimento verticale di ciascun strumento) e attributi come il \"pan\" (posizionamento stereo) <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/MixerPan.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> , suonare singolarmente uno strumento <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> , ammutolire un singolo strumento <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> o suonare per test quello strumento <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ; selezionare nel Pattern Editor uno strumento causera l'accensione di un piccolo LED blu nella sezione assegnata al mixer per quello strumento. Accanto alla regolazione del volume principale, infine, troviamo tre differenti effetti: swing (spoasta lievemente e in maniera non casuale le note), timing (anticipa o ritarda) and humanize effect (modifica la velocity, l'intensita' di come vengono suonati gli strumenti). Facendo doppio click sul nome dello strumento appare una finestra con due schede per modificarne le proprieta'."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "In addition to all this you can set up to 4 special LADSPA effects for each instrument switching the <placeholder-1/> button. See next section for a detailed overview. <placeholder-2/>"
#~ msgstr "In piu' a tutto questo si possono impostare 4 effetti LADSPA per ciascun strumento cliccando su <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/showFX_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> . Nella prossima sezione una panoramica piu' ampia."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The amount of <emphasis role=\"bold\">time</emphasis> to go from 0 to full velocity."
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> Selezionate un effetto."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Hydrogen can also add effects to sounds using any LADSPA plugin library. You need to have installed the LADSPA sources (available from <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\"/>) and while this will give a rough idea of how it works you should really have a taste of the real thing installing one or more plugin libraries, it's as simple as a <command>scons &amp;&amp; scons install</command>. Here are a few places to download plugin libraries:"
#~ msgstr "Hydrogen puo' anche aggiungere ai suoni degli effetti usando qualunque libreria LADSPA. Si devono installare i sorgenti LADSPA (disponibili su <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\"><citetitle>http://www.ladspa.org</citetitle></ulink>) e se questo puo' bastare per dare un'idea di base, sarebbe meglio installare una o piu' di queste librerie per poter apprezzare meglio il risultato, basta compilare gli effetti con un \"make &amp;&amp; make install\""

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SWH-Plugins available at <ulink url=\"http://plugin.org.uk\"/>. Note that before compiling these plugins you need the FFTW tarball from <ulink url=\"http://www.fftw.org\"/>."
#~ msgstr "SWH-Plugins disponibili presso <ulink url=\"http://plugin.org.uk\"><citetitle>http://plugin.org.uk</citetitle></ulink>. N.B. prima di installare questi effetti c'e' da compilare il pacchetto FFTW da <ulink url=\"http://www.fftw.org\"><citetitle>http://www.fftw.org</citetitle></ulink>."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "CMT available at <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\"/>."
#~ msgstr "CMT disponibile presso <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\"><citetitle>http://www.ladspa.org</citetitle></ulink>."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "TAP available at <ulink url=\"http://tap-plugins.sf.net\"/>."
#~ msgstr "TAP disponibile presso <ulink url=\"http://tap-plugins.sf.net\"><citetitle>http://tap-plugins.sf.net</citetitle></ulink>."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Once you have installed a few plugins open a song you'd like add an effect to and select an instrument that has a few beats in the pattern. In the Mixer click on <placeholder-1/> and select one of the four available effect line Click on the Edit button ( <placeholder-2/> ), than on <quote>Select the FX</quote>: this will bring up another window (<xref linkend=\"fig.select_effect\"/>) that lets you choose an effect amongst those installed, they are alphabetically sorted and categorized. Once you're done, adjust the level from the mixer and start playing. Each round knob in the FX part controls the level of its effect. <placeholder-3/> If you want to quickly enable/disable the effect click the Bypass ( <placeholder-4/>) button."
#~ msgstr "Una volta installato qualche plugin aprite File -> Preferences -> General e controllate se il percorso e' corretto (per esempio un'installazione di default dei plugin li mette in /usr/local/lib/ladspa), quindi aprite una canzone a cui volete applicare gli effetti e selzionate uno strumento che abbia nel pattern qualche colpo. Nel Mixer cliccare su <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/showFX_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> e selezionare uno delle quattro linee di effetti disponibili. Cliccare su Edit ( <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/edit_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ) e poi su <quote>Select the FX</quote>: questo aprira' un'altra finestra (Fig. 3) the permette di scegliere un effetto fra quelli installati; appaiono in ordine alfabetico e suddivisi per lettera. Una volta fatto ricordatevi di attivare l'effetto cliccando su <quote>Activate</quote>, aggiustate il livello se volete e infine tornate al Mixer: cominciate a suonare e buon divertimento! Ciascun piccolo comando rotondo di ogni linea del Mixer, dall'alto in basso, comanda un effetto: il primo in alto e' il numero 0, poi il numero 1 e cosi' via. Se volete disabilitare velocemente un effetto LADSPA cliccate su <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/bypass_over.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ."

#~ msgid "A new song"
#~ msgstr "Creazione di una canzone"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Hydrogen has 2 main modes: \"Pattern\" mode and \"Song\" mode (refer to <xref linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar\"/> for the buttons to activate). When \"Pattern\" mode is activated the current pattern is continously repeated, so to help changing it until we don't like it, while \"Song\" mode repeats only the current pattern: this is useful when putting together the patterns, to create the whole structure for the song."
#~ msgstr "Hydrogen ha 2 modalita' principali di funzionamento: la modalita' \"Pattern\" e la modalita' \"Song\" (riferirsi a <link linkend=\"main\">questa sezione</link> per i pulsanti da utilizzare). Quando la modalita' Pattern e' impostata abbiamo la possibilita' di creare e modificare un pattern finche' non soddisfi le nostre esigenze; il pattern viene eseguito ininterrottamente finche' non si preme stop oppure si seleziona un altro pattern. La modalita' \"Song\" e' dedicata invece alla messa in sequenza dei vari pattern, in modo da creare una struttura per la canzone."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The Mixer frame (<xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/>) is made of 32 independent tracks, each of these is binded to an instrument, plus a \"Master Output\" line to adjust general output volume and a \"FX\" button to set effects. Every line features 3 buttons ( <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/> ), pan adjust ( <placeholder-4/> ), current maximum peak, volume fader and name of the track. Clicking on <placeholder-5/> will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The \"Mute\" button <placeholder-6/> , simply mute <emphasis>that</emphasis> instrument. The maximun peak indicates the maximun volume reached from the instrument; the peak must be in a range of 0.0 and 1.0 (in <xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/> you can see a few volumes too loud), otherwise it will get distorted producing a weird sound (especially with OSS audio driver), in this case it's better to set volume down; keep an eye on each vu-meter."
#~ msgstr "Il Mixer e' composto da 16 linee indipendenti, ognuna corrispondente ad un diverso strumento, piu' la linea del \"Master Output\" che serve a regolare il volume dell'uscita principale. Ogni linea contiene 3 pulsanti ( <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ), regolazione del pan ( <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/MixerPan.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ), un indicatore del picco massimo raggiunto, il fader del volume e il nome della traccia. Premendo il pulsante <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> e' possibile ascoltare esclusivamente lo strumento selezionato poiche' gli altri vengono automaticamente esclusi dalla riproduzione. Il pulsante \"Mute\" <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"img/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> , semplicemente rende \"muto\" lo strumento selezionato eliminandolo quindi dal mix finale. L'indicatore del picco massimo visualizza il massimo volume raggiunto dallo strumento; il picco deve essere all'interno dell'intervallo tra 0.0 e 1.0, superare il valore di 1.0 significa che lo strumento andra' in \"distorsione\" (specialmente usando i driver OSS) generando un rumore simile a una \"pernacchia\": meglio abbassare il volume in questi casi! ;) Infine e' presente il fader del volume, con il quale regoliamo il volume del singolo strumento e vediamo graficamente il picco raggiunto grazie al vu-meter posto dietro alla manopola."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 1</emphasis> The Audio System tab"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 4</emphasis> La linguetta Audio System."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 2</emphasis> The MIDI System tab"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 5</emphasis> La linguetta MIDI System."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 3</emphasis> The appearance tab"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 6</emphasis> La linguetta Appereance"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 4</emphasis> The Audio engine Info window"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 4</emphasis> La linguetta Audio System."

#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 12</emphasis> The Pattern Editor"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 12</emphasis> Il Pattern Editor"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before compiling, check for additional options with: <screen>\n"
#~ "\t\t<prompt>$</prompt><command>./configure --help</command>\n"
#~ "\t\t</screen> Namely, if you get some error while running Hydrogen and you want to report it remember to configure the makefile with: <screen>\n"
#~ "\t\t<prompt>$</prompt><command>./configure --enable-debug</command>\n"
#~ "\t\t</screen> Please note that at the moment no binary packaging (.rpm, .deb, ...) is available. Contributors are welcome. Also remember to compile with at least a GCC 3.x to be 100% sure to avoid any possible problem."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prima di procedere alla compilazione, controllare eventuali opzioni aggiuntive con: <screen>\n"
#~ "<prompt>bash$</prompt> <command>./configure --help</command>\n"
#~ "</screen> XXX <screen>\n"
#~ "                <prompt>$</prompt><command>./configure --enable-debug</command>\n"
#~ "                </screen> XXX"

#~ msgid "Audio driver configuration"
#~ msgstr "Configurazione audio driver"

#~ msgid "It's very important to choose the proper audio driver for our system, since the choice may influence quite much general performances. The choice is between Oss audio driver, ALSA and Jack audio driver."
#~ msgstr "E' molto importante scegliere il driver audio giusto per il nostro sistema, in base al driver scelto le prestazioni e le possibilita' di Hydrogen possono cambiare drasticamente. Sono disponibili 2 driver audio: Oss Audio Driver e Jack Audio Driver."

#~ msgid "OSS audio driver"
#~ msgstr "OSS audio driver"

#~ msgid "Jack audio driver"
#~ msgstr "Jack audio driver"

#~ msgid "ALSA audio driver"
#~ msgstr "ALSA audio driver"

#~ msgid "NEW! Now Hydrogen works also with ALSA, the new Linux standard audio drivers."
#~ msgstr "NUOVO! Aggiunto ad Hydrogen l'ouput sui driver ALSA, il nuovo standard audio per Linux."

#~ msgid "GUI"
#~ msgstr "Interfaccia grafica"

#~ msgid "Double clicking over the name of an instrument in the Mixer frame will bring up a doubled face tool to modify many properties of that instrument."
#~ msgstr "XXX"

#~ msgid "The first tab ('Instrument') lets you fine tune the instrument: you can adjust Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release, Cutoff and Resonance (both of which can be excluded) or even add a random pitch."
#~ msgstr "La prima scheda ('Instrument') permette di modificare effetti come Attack, Decay, Sustain, Release, Cutoff and Resonance (entrambi escludibili) o aggiungere un pitch."

#~ msgid "The second tab ('Layer') can add WAV/AU/AIFF/FLAC samples up to 16 layers to the instrument according to the level of its velocity and tune pitch and gain."
#~ msgstr "La seconda scheda ('Layer') permette di aggiungere campioni WAV/AU/AIFF/FLAC fino a 16 layer diversi a seconda del livello di intensita' (velocity) che impostiamo per quello strumento oppure di modificare pitch e il guadagno."

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "From the pull-down menus it's worth noticing: File--&gt;'Save as' to save the current song in .h2song format, File--&gt;Export to export it in WAV/MID format, File--&gt; <link linkend=\"prefs\">Preferences</link>, Window--&gt; <link linkend=\"audioengine\">Audio Engine Info</link> and Window--&gt; <link linkend=\"drumkit\">Drumkit manager</link>."
#~ msgstr "Dai menu si segnala: File-->'Save as' per salvare la canzone correntemente aperta in formato .h2song, File-->Export per esportarla in WAV, File--> <link linkend=\"prefs\">Preferences</link>, Window--> <link linkend=\"audioengine\">Audio Engine Info</link>, Window--> <link linkend=\"drumkit\">Drumkit manager</link>."

#~ msgid "From the \"Audio System\" tab (Fig. 4) it is possible to modify the audio driver being used (OSS, Jack, ALSA, PortAudio) with its buffer and sampling rate. We can also set some features of Hydrogen like <quote>Enable track outputs</quote> useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack; <quote>Connect to Default Output Pair</quote> simply connects ALSA output to the default ports: uncheck this if you want to connect jack output to other ports without disconnecting them first. Keep an eye also on the value of \"Polyphony\": depending on your CPU you may want to change the max simultaneous notes in order to prevent hydrogen from xrun. Clicking on the \"Midi System\" tab (Fig. 5) will select a menu to enable a MIDI device, a specific channel or all of them, while clicking on \"Appearance\" tab (Fig. 6) let's you to modify font size, type of frame (Child or Top Level) and speed of mixer's peaks falloff and QT style of the windows."
#~ msgstr "Dalla linguetta \"Audio System\" (Fig. 4), si puo' modificare il driver audio (OSS, Jack ALSA o PortAudio) con relativo buffer e sampling e altre particolari caratteristiche di Hydrogen come la funzione \"Enable Track Outputs\", utile se si vuole aggiungere effetti a un singolo strumento con jack-rack, per esempio. <quote>Connect to Default Output Pair</quote> connette semplicemente l'output ALSA alle porte standard: deselezionare se si vuole agganciare il driver Jack su altre porte senza prima dover disconnettere quelle standard. Tenere d'occhio anche il valore di <quote>Polyphony</quote> poiche' a seconda della CPU di cui si dispone ci potrebbe essere bisogno di cambiare il valore per evitare che Hydrogen vada in xrun. Cliccando sulla linguetta Midi System (Fig. 5) si accede al menu per attivare un determinato device MIDI con uno specifico canale oppure tutti, mentre cliccando sulla linguetta <quote>Appearance</quote> (Fig. 6) si puo' regolare la dimensione del font, la tipologia dei frame (Child frame o Top Level) e la velocita' di caduta dei picchi (peak falloff) nel Mixer e lo stile QT delle finestre."

#~ msgid "This tab (Fig. 7) will bring up a window with general infos about Hydrogen and audio driver. Buffer and sampling rate of Jack audio driver are customizable when the server is started from the shell."
#~ msgstr "Questo tab (Fig. 7) permette di visualizzare informazioni sullo stato del programma, del driver audio e driver midi. Il buffer e il sampling del driver audio Jack sono modificabili con gli appositi parametri al momento di lanciare il server da shell."

#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 7</emphasis> The Audio Engine Info window. Better check that cpu-meter on old systems and crowded /proc dir ;)"
#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fig. 7</emphasis> La finestra Audio Engine Info. Meglio tenere d'occhio il controllo sulla CPU in sistemi anziani o con /proc affollata ;)"

#~ msgid "The drumkit manager shows all the options concerning drumkits, i.e. groups of sounds (WAV or FLAC) to be binded with every track available so to obtain a proper \"groove\" according to the situation (disco music, rock, hip hop, etc.). To let you have a rough idea of a good example of use of these drumkits, it is advisable to play the associated .h2song sample song."
#~ msgstr "Da qui invece si accede alle opzioni che riguardano i drumkit, cioe' gruppi di suoni (WAV o FLAC) da associare a ciascuna traccia disponibile per ottenere un \"groove\" piu' omogeneo a seconda della circostanza (disco music, rock, ecc. ecc.). Per avere un'idea della resa ottimale dei drumkit si consiglia di caricarli e poi suonare il file .h2song generalmente abbinato."

#~ msgid "From the first screen (Fig. 8) we can load/delete the drumkit, with a short description. Here (Fig. 9) we can save some infos about the current drumkit and from here (Fig. 10) we can import a drumkit (.h2drumkit) (Fig. 11) or export it (Fig. 12)."
#~ msgstr "La prima schermata (Fig. 8) permette di caricare/cancellare il drumkit selezionato, seguito da una breve descrizione. La seconda schermata consente di salvare una descrizione per il drumkit corrente e da qui (Fig.9) invece di puo' importare un drumkit (con estensione .h2drumkit) (Fig. 10) o di esportarlo (Fig. 11)."

#~ msgid "It is possible to download the source files directly from CVS snapshots with:"
#~ msgstr "E' possibile scaricare i sorgenti direttamente da CVS con:"

#~ msgid "After having downloaded and decompressed the tar.gz file there's only to:"
#~ msgstr "Dopo aver scaricato e decompresso gli archivi tar.gz e' semplicemente necessario eseguire:"

#~ msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
#~ msgstr "<!--TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS-->"

#~ msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS"
#~ msgstr "<!--TRANS:CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS-->"
